+ All Categories
Home > Business > Power distribution solutions

Power distribution solutions

Date post: 09-Feb-2017
Category:
Upload: sindhu-rao
View: 149 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
168
Power Distribution Solutions Power Distribution
Transcript
Page 1: Power distribution solutions

Power Distribution Solutions

Power Distribution

Page 2: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power structured system solutions for the reliable, fast assembly of low-voltage switchgear systems for machines, plant, and buildings. Rittal Ri4Power is the new name in low-voltage switchgear and distribution enclosures under a single roof in accordance with the worldwide standard (IEC 60 DIN and IEC 61 439-1/-2).

High Current DistributionSystem up to 3200A

Form 1High Current Distribution

System from 1600A to 5500A

ISVPlanning, Configuration,

Selection

SoftwareLow-voltage switchgear

with form separation upto 5500A

Form 2-4

Ri4Power Form 2-402

Page

Ri4Power Form 2-4...............................................................08

RiLine60 bus bar system ......................................................70

RiLine60 Aluminium bus bar system....................................129

Bus-mounting fuse bases....................................................132

RiLine60 bus bar system for DC system...............................138

Ri4Power ISV.......................................................................146

Technical specifications.......................................................167

Power Distribution

Page 3: Power distribution solutions

Buildings, Infrastructure• Schools• Banks• Insurance companies

• Data centres• Football stadiums• Hospitals

• Festival halls and exhibition buildings

• Airports

Process Industry

• Sewage treatment plant

• Heavy industry (mining, iron, steel)

• Cement works

• Waste disposal industry

• Paper industry

• Chemicals, petrochemicals

• Pharmaceutical industry

Industrial Plants• Automotive industry

• Mechanical engineering

• Shipbuilding, Marine engineering

• Small power plants

• Wind and Solar power

• Biomass power plants

Energy Generation

Circuit-breaker section1

• For switchgear from allwell-known manufacturerssuch as Siemens, ABBMitsubishi, Moeller, MerlinGerin, Terasaki, GE

• Use of air and moulded case circuit-breakers

Form 2-4: Universal in best form

Coupling section

• Combination of a circuit breaker section with a space-saving busbar riser

• Separation into individual busbar sections to boostequipment availability

2 3 Outgoing section

• Flexible design of the interior installation

• Fully insulated distribution busbars with extensive connection system

Cable chamber

• Available from a field width of 300 mm

• Optional cable entry from above or below

• Flexible installation with Rittal system accessories

4

Switch-disconnector-fuse section

• For switchgear from Jean Müller, Moeller, ABB, Siemens

• Also suitable for installation of equipment modules from Jean Müller.

NEW

5

Ri4Power Form 2-4 03

Page 4: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-4 – An individual system for the configuration of type-tested low-voltage switchgear with inner form separation.

The flexible combination of Ri4Power field types supports optimum configuration for your applications.

Ri4Power Form 2-404

Page 5: Power distribution solutions

Form 2-4: Switchgear with a high level of safety

• Tested connection system

• Clear arrangement of the cable connection points

• Contacting system with no drilling required

• Space-optimised configuration, even for smaller rated currents

Cable connection1

• An extensive range of accessories to cover the busbar• Fully insulated busbar connection

• Connection accessories for every type of conductor

Busbar infeed2

• Connection accessories for every type of conductor

• Unobstructed access to the busbar compartment from the front

• For the side in feed of compartments

Side busbar riser3

Modular outgoing section

• Safe compartmentalisation

• Logically structured layout of functional units

• Access control, thanks to lockable partial doors

• Combination of control units and power outlet within one enclosure is supported

4 Cable chamber enclosure

• Various options for structured cable routing

• Safe shielding from the compartments

• Solid shielding from the main busbar system

5

Ri4Power Form 2-4 05

• Type-tested to the internationally valid standard IEC 60 439-1

• Design verification to IEC 61 439-1/-2

• Tests with ASTA certification

• Tested accidental arcing protectionto IEC 61 641

• Protection category up to IP 54

• Prevention of accidental arcing

6 Tested safety

Page 6: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-4 offers the best possible operator protection. Thanks to extensive busbarinsulation and sub-division of the compartments, the occurrence and spread of accidental arcs is largely prevented.

Ri4Power Form 2-406

Page 7: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-4 07

Page 8: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-408

Page 9: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 1-4

Modular system....Page 8 to 69• For low-voltage switchgear with design

certificate to IEC61439-1/-2 and DIN EN 61 439-1/-2

• For control systems and power distributions

• Structured system solution for switchgear with Form separation 1-4b

• Simple, installation-friendly system assembly

Busbar systems up to 5500 A

• RiLine60 – The compact busbar system up to 1600 A

• Maxi-PLS – The assembly-friendly system

• Flat-PLS – The flat bar system for discerning requirements

• Tested PE conductor system

• High levels of short-circuit resistance up to 100 kA for 1 sec./220 kA

Modular enclosure system

• Based on enclosure platform TS 8

• Flexible, modular front design

• Roof plates to suit every requirement

• Modular compartment configuration for internal compartmentalisation up to Form 4b

• Internal cover plates, contact hazard protection for air circuit-breaker and NH switch-disconnector fuse sections

• Accessories for Ri4Power

Simple planning

• Power Engineering 6.1 SV 3020.500

• Configuration of low-voltage switchgear with design certificate

• Simple, fast assembly with automatically generated assembly plan

• Generation of parts lists with graphical output

Ri4Power Form 2-4 09

Page 10: Power distribution solutions

2 2

2 SV-TS 8 Modular Enclosures (Height 1800 mm)

Baying Systems TS 8

SU

1 St.

4001800400

9792.460

NA

6001800400

9792.472

NA

8001800400

9792.484

NA

4001800600

9792.461

42

6001800600

9792.473

53

8001800600

9792.485

58

4001800800

9792.462

49

6001800800

9792.474

62

8001800800

9792.486

NA

Elements front and rear Plinth

Trim side Plinth

Height 100 mmHeight 200 mmHeight 100 mmHeight 200 mm

1 set1 set1 set1 set

8601.400

NA8601.040

NA

8601.600

NA8601.040

NA

8601.800

NA8601.040

NA

8601.400

NA8601.060

NA

8601.600

NA8601.060

NA

8601.800

NA8601.060

NA

8601.400

NA8601.080

NA

8601.600

NA8601.080

NA

8601.800

NA8601.080

NA

Flex-BlockLeveling element for socket

Also required

Weight (kg)

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SV

Side Panel Protection Category

Roof panels for Protection/Version

Roof plates for gland platesRoof plates with pressure relief valve

Faceplates for Protection

Upgrade kit for front panel IP 2XPartial doors for clearance at front panel 100/100 mm

Front panel above 300 mm/below100 mm for Protection

Front panel above 100 mm/below 300 mm for Protection

Upgrade kit for 300/100 mm front panel IP 2X IP 43Partial doors for clearance at front panel 300/100 mm

Rear bottom cover Baying bracketBaying outside

IP 55IP 55 /closedIP 43 /ventilatedIP 2X /ventilated

IP 55

IP 43

IP 54/1 set of closedIP 2X ventilated/1setIP 54/1 set of closed

IP 2X ventilated

2 St.1 St.1 St.1 St.1 St.1 St.

1 set1 St.

1 set1 St.1 St.4 St.6 St.

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8184.2359790.452

NANANANA

9671.0449671.156

9672.0549671.156

8186.2359790.453

NANANANA

9671.0469671.176

9672.0569671.176

8188.2359790.454

NANANANA

9671.0489671.196

9672.0589671.196

8184.2359790.452

NANANANA

9671.0449671.156

9672.0549671.156

8186.2359790.453

NANANANA

9671.0469671.176

9672.0569671.176

8188.2359790.454

NANANANA

9671.0489671.196

9672.0589671.196

8184.2359790.452

NANANANA

9671.0449671.156

9672.0549671.156

8186.2359790.453

NANANANA

9671.0469671.176

9672.0569671.176

8188.2359790.454

NANANANA

9671.0489671.196

9672.0589671.196

Base

Colour:RAL 7035

Protection category:Up to IP 54, depending on the panels.

Testing: - Design certificate to IEC 61 439-1/-2 - IEC 61 641

Detailed drawings/Technical information:

Available on the Internet.Photo shows a configuration example with equipment notincluded in the scope of supply.

Supply includes:- Enclosure frame- Bottom 3mm single

- Top cover solid

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:- Enclosure frame:

Dipcoat-primed - Door(s), roof,

Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on outsidetextured paint

- Gland plates: RAL 7035 textured finish

Ri4Power Form 2-410

gland plate with cover

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

IP 54 /closedIP 2X /ventilated

Page 11: Power distribution solutions

Baying Systems TS 8

2

Weight (kg)

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SV

Flex-BlockLeveling element for socket

Also requiredSide Panel Protection Category

Roof panels for Protection/Version

Roof plates for gland platesRoof plates with pressure relief valve

Faceplates for Protection

Upgrade kit for front panel IP 2XPartial doors for clearance at front panel 100/100 mm

Front panel above 300 mm/below100 mm for Protection

Front panel above 100 mm/below 300 mm for Protection

Upgrade kit for 300/100 mm front panel IP 2X Partial doors for clearance at front panel 300/100 mm

IP 55IP 55 /closedIP 43 /ventilatedIP 2X /ventilated

IP 55

IP 54 /closedIP 2X /ventilated

IP 43

IP 54/1 set of closedIP 2X ventilated/1setIP 54/1 set of closed

IP 2X ventilated

SV-TS 8 Modular Enclosures (Height 2000 mm)SU

1 St.

4002000400

9792.464

6002000400

9792.476

8002000400

9792.488

4002000600

9792.465

6002000600

9792.477

8002000600

9792.489

Base

Elements front and rear

Trim side

Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060

IP 43

2 St.

1 set

1 set

8184.2359790.4529671.744

8186.2359790.4539671.764

8188.2359790.4549671.784

8106.2359671.6469671.746

8601.2359671.6669671.766

8106.2359671.6869671.786

AOR AOR AOR9671.846 9660.235 9660.2459671.546 9665.903 9671.586

NA NA NA 9671.446 9660.935 9660.945

9671.044 9671.156

9672.054 9671.156 9671.176

9672.056

9671.176 9671.046 9671.048 9671.044 9671.046 9671.048

9671.196 9671.158 9671.178 9671.198

9672.058 9671.196 9671.156

9672.054 9672.056 9671.176

9672.0589671.196

AOR- Available on request

Weight (kg)

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SV

Flex-BlockLeveling element for socket

Also requiredSide Panel Protection Category

Roof panels for Protection/Version

Roof plates for gland platesRoof plates with pressure relief valve

Faceplates for Protection

Upgrade kit for front panel IP 2XPartial doors for clearance at front panel 100/100 mm

Front panel above 300 mm/below100 mm for Protection

Front panel above 100 mm/below 300 mm for Protection

Upgrade kit for 300/100 mm front panel IP 2X Partial doors for clearance at front panel 300/100 mm

IP 55IP 55 /closedIP 43 /ventilatedIP 2X /ventilated

IP 55

IP 54 /closedIP 2X /ventilated

IP 43

IP 54/1 set of closedIP 2X ventilated/1setIP 54/1 set of closed

IP 2X ventilated

2 SV-TS 8 Modular Enclosures (Height 2000 mm)SU

1 St.

4002000

9792.466

6002000

9792.478

8002000

9792.490

4002000

9792.467

6002000

9792.479

8002000

9792.491

Base

Elements front and rear

Trim side

Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.080 8601.080 8601.080 8601.015 8601.010 8601.015Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080

IP 43

2 St.

1 set

1 set

800 800 800 1000 1000 1000

NA NA NA NA NA NA

8108.2359671.6489671.7489671.8489671.5489671.448

9671.044 9671.158

9672.054 9671.156

Partial doors for Modular ConstructionBaying bracketBaying outside

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

8800.4308800.490

1 St.4 St.6 St.

8800.4308800.490

8108.2359671.6689671.7689659.5259671.5689671.468

9671.0469671.178

9672.056 9671.176

8108.2359671.6889671.7889659.5359671.5889671.488

9671.0489671.198

9672.058 9671.196

8100.2359790.455

9671.0449671.158

9672.0549672.156

8100.2359790.456

9671.0469671.178

9672.0569672.176

8100.2359790.457

9671.0489671.198

9672.0589672.196

Ri4Power Form 2-4 11

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

Page 12: Power distribution solutions

Baying Systems TS 8

2 SV-TS 8 Modular Enclosures (Height 2200 mm)

2

Weight (kg)

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SV

Flex-BlockLeveling element for socket

Also requiredSide Panel Protection Category

Roof panels for Protection/Version

Roof plates for gland platesRoof plates with pressure relief valve

Faceplates for Protection

Upgrade kit for front panel IP 2XPartial doors for clearance at front panel 100/100 mm

Front panel above 300 mm/below100 mm for Protection

Front panel above 100 mm/below 300 mm for Protection

Upgrade kit for 300/100 mm front panel IP 2X IP 43 Partial doors for clearance at front panel 300/100 mm

SV-TS 8 Modular Enclosures (Height 2200 mm)SU

1 St.

4002200

9792.470

6002200

9790.482

8002200

9792.494

4002200

9792.471

6002200

9792.483

800 10002200 2200

9792.495 9792.507

Base

Elements front and rear

Trim side

8601.600 8601.800 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 8601.8008602.600 8602.8008601.080 8601.080 8601.015Spl 8601.015Spl 8601.015Spl8601.015Spl

Height 100 mmHeight 200 mmHeight 100 mmHeight 200 mm

1 set 1 set 1 set 1 set

8601.4008602.4008601.0808602.080 8602.080 8602.080

IP 55IP 55 /closedIP 43 /ventilatedIP 2X /ventilated

IP 55

IP 54 /closedIP 2X /ventilated

IP 43

IP 54/1 set of closedIP 2X ventilated/1setIP 54/1 set of closed

IP 2X ventilated

800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000

NA NA NA

NA NA NA NA

NA

NA NA NA

NA NA NA

NA

Partial doors for Modular ConstructionBaying bracketBaying outside

2 St. 8128.235 8128.235 8128.235 8120.235 9790.201 9790.201 9790.2011 St. 9671.648 9671.668 9671.688 9790.455 9790.456 9790.457 9790.4581 St. 9671.748 9671.768 9671.788 NA NA NA NA1 St. 9671.848 9659.525 9659.535 NA NA NA NA1 St. 9671.548 9671.568 9671.588 NA NA NA NA1 St. 9671.448 9671.468 9671.488 NA NA NA NA

1 set 9671.044 9671.046 9671.048 9671.044 9671.046 9671.048 9790.6161 St. 9671.150 9671.170 9671.190 9671.150 9671.170 9671.190 9787.989

1 set 9672.054 9672.056 9672.058 9672.054 9672.056 9672.058 9672.050

1 St.1 St. 9671.158 9671.178 9671.198 9671.158 9671.178 9671.198 9787.988

4 St. 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.4306 St. 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490

Weight (kg)

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SV

Flex-BlockLeveling element for socket

Also requiredSide Panel Protection Category

Roof panels for Protection/Version

Roof plates for gland platesRoof plates with pressure relief valve

Faceplates for Protection

Upgrade kit for front panel IP 2XPartial doors for clearance at front panel 100/100 mm

Front panel above 300 mm/below100 mm for Protection

Front panel above 100 mm/below 300 mm for Protection

Upgrade kit for 300/100 mm front panel IP 2X Partial doors for clearance at front panel 300/100 mm

IP 55IP 55 /closedIP 43 /ventilatedIP 2X /ventilated

IP 55

IP 54 /closedIP 2X /ventilated

IP 43

IP 54/1 closedIP 2X ventilatedIP 54/closed

IP 2X ventilated

SU

1 St.

400

4009792.468

600

4009792.480

800

4009792.492

400

6009792.469

600

6009792.481

800

6009792.493

Base

Elements front and rear

Trim side

Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060

IP 43

AOR- Available on request

2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200

NA NA

NA

NA

NANA

43.2 54.0 59.4

NA NANA

2 St. 9790.428 9790.428 9790.428 8126.235 8126.235 8126.2351 St.1 St.1 St.1 St.1 St.

1 set1 St.

1 St.1 set

9790.452NANANANA

9671.0449671.150

9790.453NANANANA

9671.0469671.170

9790.454NANANANA

9671.0489671.190

9671.646 9671.666 9671.6869671.746 9671.766 9671.7869671.846 9660.235 9660.2459671.546 9665.903 9671.5869671.446 9660.935 9660.945

9671.044 9671.046 9671.0489671.150 9671.170 9671.190

9672.054 9672.056 9672.0589671.158 9671.178 9671.198 9671.158 9671.178 9671.198

9672.054 9672.056 9672.058

Ri4Power Form 2-412

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

Page 13: Power distribution solutions

Test:- Design certificate to IEC61 439-1/-2- IEC 61 641

Detailed drawings /Technical information:Available on the Internet.

Photo shows a configurationexample with equipment notincluded in the scope of supply.

Material:Sheet steelSurface:- Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed- Door(s), Dipcoat-primed,

powder coated on outside- Gland plates: RAL 7035

textured finish

Color:RAL 7035Protection category:Up to IP 54, depending on the panels.

Supply includes:- Enclosure frame- Door, 3 mm double bit-

lock insert- Bottom 3mm single

gland plate cover

3 SV-TS 8 Cable Chamber Enclosures (Height 1800 mm)

Baying Systems TS 8

Ri4Power Form 2-4 13Ri4Power Form 2-4

IP 43

Door (S)

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SV

Leveling element for socket

SU

1 St.

Base

Elements front and rear

Trim side

Height 100 mmHeight 200 mmHeight 100 mmHeight 200 mm

1 set 1 set 1 set 1 set

Weight (kg)

3001800 400

9792.400

1 NA

4001800400

9792.412

1 NA

300

1800

600

9792.401

1

47.0

400

1800

600

9792.413

1

49.5

300

1800

800

9792.402

1

NA

400

1800

800

9792.414

1

NA

8601.915

8602.915

8601.915

8602.915

8601.400

8602.400

8601.040

8602.040

8601.915

8602.915

8601.060

8602.060

8601.400

8602.400

8601.060

8602.060

8601.915

8602.915

8601.080

8602.080

8601.400

8602.400

8601.080

8602.080

Also required

Accessories

Equipment cabinet

Function room facilities

Alternative closure systems

2 St.

St. 1

St. 1

St. 1

St. 1

1 St.

1 set

4 St.

6 St.

8186.235

9790.647

9671.736-

9671.536-

-

8800.430

8800.490

8186.235

9790.649

9671.766

9660.235

9665.903

9660.935

9672.056

8800.430

8800.490

8186.235

9790.646

9671.736-

9671.536-

-

8800.430

8800.490

8186.235

9790.646

9671.746

9671.846

9671.546

9671.446

9672.054

8800.430

8800.490

8188.235

9671.638

9671.738

NA

9671.538

NA

8800.430

8800.490

-

8188.235

9671.648

9671.748

9671.848

9671.548

9671.448

9672.054

8800.430

8800.490

Baying bracket

Baying outside

Upgrade kit for 300/100 mm Front panel IP 2X

Front panel above 100 mm /below 300 mm for Protection

Front panel above 300 mm /below 100 mm for Protection

Roof plates with pressure relief valve

Roof plates for gland plates

Roof panels for Protection / Version

Side Panel Protection Category IP 55

IP 55/closed

IP 43/ventilated

IP 2X/ventilated

IP 55

IP 54/closed

IP 2X/ventilated

IP 54/closed

IP 2X/ventilated

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

3

Page 14: Power distribution solutions

3 SV-TS 8 Cable Chamber Enclosures (Height 2000 mm)

Baying Systems TS 8

3 SV-TS 8 Cable Chamber Enclosures (Height 2200 mm)

Ri4Power Form 2-414

IP 43

Door (S)

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SV

Leveling element for socket

SU

1 St.

Base

Elements front and rear

Trim side

Height 100 mm

Height 200 mm

Height 100 mm

Height 200 mm

1 set

1 set

1 set

1 set

Weight (kg)

300

400

1 NA

400

400

1 NA

300

600

1

400

600

1

300

800

1

400

800

1

Also required

1 set

Upgrade kit for 300/100 mm Front panel IP 2X

Front panel above 100 mm /below 300 mm for Protection

Front panel above 300 mm /below 100 mm for Protection

Roof plates with Pressure relief valve

Roof plates for gland plates

Roof panels for Protection / Version

Side Panel Protection Category IP 55

IP 55/closed

IP 43/ventilated

IP 2X/ventilated

IP 55

IP 54/closed

IP 2X/ventilated

IP 54/closed

IP 2X/ventilated

2000 2000 2000 2000

9792.405 9792.417 9792.406 9792.418

48.5 53.8 50.4 55.9

2000

9792.404

2000

9792.416

8601.9158602.9158601.0408602.040

8601.4008602.4008601.0408602.040

8601.915 8602.9158601.0608602.060

8601.400 8602.4008601.0608602.060

8601.915 8602.9158601.0808602.080

8601.400 8602.4008601.0808602.080

8108.235

9671.648

9671.748

9671.848

9671.548

9671.448

9672.054

8106.235

9671.638

9671.738

9671.538

Partial doors for clearance at Front panel 300/100 mm

2 St.

1 St.

1 St.

1 St.

1 St.

1 St.

1 set

8106.235

9671.646

9671.746

9671.846

9671.546

9671.446

9672.054

8106.235

9671.636

9671.736

9671.536

8601.235

9790.648

9791.744

9671.846

9671.546

9671.446

9672.054

9671.156 9671.156 9671.156

8601.235

9790.647

9671.734

9671.536

IP 43

Door (S)

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SV

Leveling element for socket

SU

1 St.

Base

Elements front and rear

Trim side

Height 100 mm

Height 200 mm

Height 100 mm

Height 200 mm

1 set

1 set

1 set

1 set

Weight (kg)

300

400

1 NA

400

400

1 NA

300

600

1

400

600

1

300

800

1

400

800

1

Also required

Upgrade kit for 300/100 mm front panel IP 2X

Front panel above 100 mm /below 300 mm for Protection

Front panel above 300 mm /below 100 mm for Protection

Roof plates with Pressure relief valve

Roof plates for gland plates

Roof panels for Protection / Version

Side Panel Protection Category IP 55

IP 55/closed

IP 43/ventilated

IP 2X/ventilated

IP 55

IP 54/closed

IP 2X/ventilated

IP 54/closed

IP 2X/ventilated

2000 2000 2000 2000

48.5 53.8 50.4 55.9

2000 2000

8601.9158602.9158601.0408602.040

8601.4008602.4008601.0408602.040

8601.915 8602.9158601.0608602.060

8601.400 8602.4008601.0608602.060

8601.915 8602.9158601.0808602.080

8601.400 8602.4008601.0808602.080

8108.235

9671.648

9671.748

9671.848

9671.548

9671.448

9672.054

2 St.

1 St.

1 St.

1 St.

1 St.

1 St.

1 set

8106.235

9671.646

9671.746

9671.846

9671.546

9671.446

9672.054

8106.235

9671.636

9671.736

9671.536

8601.235

9790.647

9671.734

9671.536

9792.408 9792.420 9792.409 9792.421 9792.410 9792.422

8601.235

9790.648

9791.744

9671.846

9671.546

9671.446

9672.054

9671.158 9671.158 9671.156

8128.235

9671.638

9671.738

9671.538

Partial doors for clearance at front panel 300/100 mm 1 set

Accessories

Equipment cabinet

Function room facilities

Alternative closure systems

4 St.

6 St.

8800.430

8800.490

8800.430

8800.490

8800.430

8800.490

8800.430

8800.490

8800.430

8800.490

8800.430

8800.490

Baying bracket

Baying outside

Accessories

Equipment cabinet

Function room facilities

Alternative closure systems

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

See page 26

Page 15: Power distribution solutions

SV-TS 8 Enclosure (Height 1800 mm)Busbar SU

1 St.

4

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SVSide panel

SV-TS 8 Busbar Enclosure (Height 2000 mm)SU

1 St.

4

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SVSide panel

SV-TS 8 Busbar Enclosure (Height 2200 mm)SU

1 St.

4

Width mmHeight mmDepth mm

No. SVSide panel

1 set 4 6

4

Test:- Design verification IEC 61 439-1/-2- IEC 61 641Detail drawings /Technical Information:Available on the Internet.

Photo shows a configurationexample with equipment notincluded in the scope of supply.

Material:Sheet steelSurface:− Enclosure frame:

Dipcoat primed− Roof, front bolted cover, Dipcoat-

primed, powder coated on the outside, textured paint

Color:RAL 7035Protection: Up to IP 54

Delivery:- Enclosure frame- Front bolted cover - Bottom cover same as top

cover

3001800400

9792.430

3001800600

9792.431

3001800800

9792.432

4001800400

9792.442

4001800600

9792.443

4001800800

9792.444

30018001000

9792.433

40018001000

9792.445

3002000400

3002000600

3002000800

4002000400

4002000600

4002000800

30020001000

40020001000

9792.434 9792.435 9792.436 9792.446 9792.447 9792.448 9792.437 9792.449

3002200400

3002200600

3002200800

4002200400

4002200600

4002200800

30022001000

40022001000

9792.438 9792.439 9792.440 9792.450 9792.451 9792.452 9792.441 9792.455

Socket 1)

Also required

Accessories

Function room facilities1) The busbar is connected to the main cabinet on a steel base, i.e. the steel base of the main cabinet is 200 mm wide select.

Coupling set mounting kit

Angular baying brackets

Baying connectors, external

8184.235 8186.235 8188.235 8184.235 8186.235 8188.235 8180.235 8180.235

8104.235 8106.235 8108.235 8104.235 8104.235 8104.235 8100.235 8100.235

8790.428 8126.235 9790.428 8128.235 9790.4299790.4298128.235

9674.036 9674.038 9674.046 9674.0488800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.4308800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490

8128.235

Baying Systems TS 8

Ri4Power Form 2-4 15

Page 16: Power distribution solutions

5

5

SV-TS 8 Isolators Cabinet (Height 2000 mm)

SU 1000 1200 1000 12002000 2000 2000 2000600 600 800 800

1 St. 9792.501 9792.509 9792.502 9792.510

1 1 1 197.0 116.0 104.0 123.0

Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.000 8601.200 8601.000 8601.200Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.000 8602.200 8602.000 8602.200 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.080 8601.080Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.080 8602.080

Flex-Block

IP 55 2 St. 8106.235 8106.235 8108.235 8108.235

IP 3X 1 set 9674.340 9674.340 9674.340 9674.340

IP 3X 1 set 9674.342 9674.342 9674.342 9674.342

1 set 9674.362 9674.366 9674.364 9674.368 1 set 9674.372 9674.376 9674.372 9674.3761 St. 9674.350 9674.350 9674.350 9674.3501 St. 9674.356 9674.356 9674.356 9674.356 1 St. 9674.306 9674.306 9674.308 9674.3081 St. 9674.305 9674.305 9674.307 9674.3074 St. 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.4306 St. 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490

1) 1 St. 9660.255 9660.265 9659.545 9659.5551) 2) 1 St. 9660.955 9660.965 – –

1) In exchange for the TS series roof2) Other sizes available on request.

5

Width mmHeight mmDepth mmNo. SV

Door (S)Weight (kg)Base

Elements front and rear

Trim side

Leveling element for socketAlso required

Jean MüllerABB / Siemens

Partition for Isolators field

Baying outside

Admission rate for Do

Contact ProtectionCable Chamber

Front panel above 186 mm /below 336 mm for Protection

Front panel above 336 mm /below 136 mm for Protection

Side Panel Protection Category

Rear areaRoof area

Baying bracket

Accessories

Roof plates with pressure relief valveEquipment cabinetFunction Room Setup

Roof panels for Protection/Version IP 2X/ventilated

SAS in the roof areaSAS in the rear area

Test:- Design verification IEC 61 439-

1/-2- IEC 61 641Detail drawings /Technical Information:Found on the Internet.Photo shows an expansion example, does not meet the delivery form.

Material:Sheet steelSurface:- Enclosure frame: primed- Door (s), roof, primed, powder-

coated, textured paint- Floor plates: RAL 7035

textured finish

Color:RAL 7035Protection: IP 3X depending on the planking.

Delivery:- Enclosure frame- Door (s), 3 mm Double bit-

lock insert- Solid top cover- Bottom 3 mm single gland

plate with cover

Baying Systems TS 8

Ri4Power Form 2-416

Page 17: Power distribution solutions

4 SV-TS 8 Isolators Cabinet (2200 mm)

Side panels

Walls

400

Side panels, screw-fastened, sheet steelfor TS • Automatic potential equalisation and higher

EMC protection thanks to enclosure panel holders with earthing insert

• Easy positioning with the location aid • Earthing bolt with contact surface

Material:Sheet steel 1.5 mm, textured

Surface finish:Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside

Colour:RAL 7035

Protection category:IP 55 to IEC 60 529

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Note:Enclosure panel holders may optionally be fitted from the inside or outside of the enclosure. Area available for population: External dimension – 100 mm.

Automatic potential equalisation

Accessories:

• Earth straps• Enclosure panel holders, internal,

for heavy installed equipmentand high dynamic pressures.

1

For enclosures Packs of Model No. TS

Height mm Depth mm1800 400 2 8184.235

1800 600 2 8186.235

1800 800 2 8188.235

1800 1000 2 8180.235

2000 400 2 8104.235

2000 600 2 8106.235

2000 800 2 8108.235

2000 1000 2 8100.235

2200 2 9792.720

2200 600 2 8126.235

2200 800 2 8128.235

2200 1000 9792.7212

Baying Systems TS 8

SU 1000 1200 1000 12002200 2200 2200 2200600 600 800 800

1 St. 9792.505 9792.512 9792.506 9792.513

1 1 1 1102.0 122.0 109.0 129.0

Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.000 8601.200 8601.000 8601.200Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.000 8602.200 8602.000 8602.200Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.080 8601.080 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.080 8602.080

Width mmHeight mmDepth mmNo. SV

Door (S)Weight (kg)

Flex-Block

Base

Elements front and rear

Trim side

Leveling Element for socket

Ri4Power Form 2-4 17

Rear Bolted covers Rear Bolted, screw-fastened, sheet steel

for TS • Easy positioning with the location aid • Earthing bolt with contact surface

Material:Sheet steel 1.5 mm, textured

Surface finish:Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside

Colour:RAL 7035

Protection category:IP 54 to IEC 60 529

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

For enclosures Packs of Model No. TS

Width mm Height mm300300300400400400600600

600

800800800

10001000

10001200

18002000220018002000220018002000

22001800200022001800200022001600

9792.7009792.701

9792.702

9790.729

9792.703

9792.704

9792.705

9792.706

9792.707

9792.708

9792.709

9792.710

9792.711

9792.712

9792.713

9792.900

1

1

11

1

1

1

1

1

1

11

1111

Page 18: Power distribution solutions

Form 2-4 compartmentTime-saving system assembly

Side panel modules

The side panel modules form the basic element for internal installation.

One-person assembly: Locate components into the TS 8 pitch pattern, and release. Both hands are now free for the next installation step.

The modular installation con-cept enables optimum utilisa-tion of the assembly area, thanks to compartment heights in small increments (150, 200, 250 mm, etc.).

The proven TS 8 pitch is used for many Ri4Power components and permits the use of TS 8 system accessories.

Partial doors and cross members

Simple assembly and high quality standards characterise the new partial door system.

Thanks to the new design, the cross member may also be retro-fitted.

Fitting accuracy and precision are prerequisites for modular technology.

The hinge of the partial doors is mounted on the TS 8 frame without any holes needing to be drilled.

Mini-TS profile

Mini-TS profile - the TS pitch in the smallest dimension. An extension of the assembly spectrum for small and medium loads.

The three assembly sides of the Mini-TS profile ensure the versatility and fast assembly technology of the TS 8 enclosure profile at all times, whatever the location.

The connector pieces always provide an attachment point at every position in the 25 mm pitch, irrespective of the mounting angle used.

The small size means the Mini-TS bars can be mounted without conflict in the internal and external mounting level of the TS 8 enclosure.

Ri4Power Form 2-418

Page 19: Power distribution solutions

Form 1-4

Compartment configuration

Attachment set for air circuit-breaker installation For attaching air circuit-breakers (ACB) to air circuit-breaker support bars.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Supply includes:4 threaded plates (M8/M12).

Packs of Model No. SV

1 set 9660.970

Assembly parts.

Mounting bracket for functional space divider • The mounting bracket is secured

− to the TS frame, − to the side panel module or − between a frame section and an auxiliary

construction.• Pre-machined mounting openings allow slide-in

attachment of functional space dividers.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated,1.5 mm

Supply includes:

For functional space depth

mm

Length mm

Packs of

Model No. SV

400 352 2 9792.855

600 552 2 9792.856

800 752 2 9792.857

1) In conjunction with vertical busbar space separation.

1000 952 2 9792.858

Mounting bracket for functional space divider and air circuit-breaker support rail

• The mounting bracket is secured to the side panel module.

• Pre-machined mounting openings allow slide-in attachment of functional space dividers.

• The air circuit-breaker support bar may be attached to the upper level.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 2 mm

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Also required:

− Functional space side panel modules, − Air circuit-breaker support rail,

For functional space depth

mm

Length mm

Model No. SV

400 352 2 9792.590

600 552 2 9792.591

800 752 2 9792.592

Packs of

1000 952 2 9792.593

Air circuit-breaker support bar• For the configuration of air circuit-breakers

(ACB) in compartments.

• The support rail is secured using a mounting bracket.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 2.5 mm

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Also required:

− Mounting bracket for functional space divider and air circuit-breaker support bar

− Attachment set for air circuit-breaker installation

For enclosure width mm

Length mm

Model No. SV

400 351 2 9673.004

600 551 2 9673.006

800 751 2 9673.008

Packs of

2 9792.596

2 9792.597

1000 9511200 1151

Ri4Power Form 2-4 19

Page 20: Power distribution solutions

Partial doors for SV -TS Door hinges with non-drilled internal fastening. Door may be optionally hinged on the right or left.

Material:Sheet steel, 2 mm

Surface finish:Textured

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:Hinges and assembly parts.

Also required:

− Twist locks,− Cross members for SV-TS,

For enclosure width 400 mm

For enclosure width 600 mm

Height mm

No. of locks required Packs of Model No. SV

150 1 1200 1 1250 1 1300 1 1400 1 1600 2 1800 2 1

1000 3 1

1600 3 11800 3 12000 3 1

Height mm

No. of twist locks required Packs of Model No. SV

150 1 1200 1 1250 1 1300 1 1400 1 1600 2 1800 2 1

Twist locks For installation in partial doors for SV-TS or in exchange for AE cam locks.

Material:− Housing of fibreglass-reinforced plastic− Bar made from PA

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:− Enclosure− Lock insert− Bar− Assembly parts

Design Packs of Model No. SV

With double-bit insert 1 With cylinder insert,lock no. 3524 E 1

With T handle 1 With T handle and lock insert, lock no. 3524 E 1

Fastener lug with end stop1) 2

1) Must be used if the twist lock cannot be locked on the TS 8 frame.

1

2

3

4

5

For cabinet width 1000 mm

Height mm

No. of locks required Packs of Model No. SV

400 1 1600 2 1800 2 1

9671.141

9671.142

9671.147

9671.143

9671.144

9671.146

9671.148

9671.140

9671.156

9671.158

9671.150

9792.530

9792.531

9792.532

9671.161

9671.162

9671.167

9671.163

9671.164

9671.166

9671.168

1000 3 1 9671.160

1600 3 11800 3 12000 3 1

9671.176

9671.178

9671.170

9671.130

9671.132

9671.134

9671.135

9671.138

1200 3 1 9792.521

For enclosure width 800 mm

Height mm

No. of locks required Packs of Model No. SV

150 1 1200 1 1250 1 1300 1 1400 1 1600 2 1800 2 11000 3 1

1600 3 11800 3 12000 3 1

9671.181

9671.182

9671.187

9671.183

9671.184

9671.186

9671.188

1200 3 19671.180

9792.524

9671.196

9671.198

9671.190

1200 3 1 9792.522

1400 3 1 9792.850 1400 3 1 9792.852

1400 3 1 9792.851

1400 3 1 9792.854

spacial parted door of 1000 width are available on request

For cabinet width 1200 mm

Height mm

No. of locks required Packs of Model No. SV

400 1 1600 2 1800 3 1

Door/locksModular front design for Form 2-4

1 2 3 4

5

Ri4Power Form 2-420

9792.524

9792.525

9792.526

Page 21: Power distribution solutions

Without gland plate1)

Height mm

For compartment depth Packs of Model No. SV

100 400 mm 2 9792.540

150 400 mm 2 9792.541

250 400 mm 2 9792.543

300 400 mm 2 9792.544

400 400 mm 2 9792.545

600 400 mm 2 9792.546

100 600 mm 2 9792.547

150 600 mm 2 9792.548

200 600 mm 2 9792.549

250 600 mm 2 9792.550

300 600 mm 2 9792.551

1) Version without gland plate has pre-punched cable entries M40.

Functional space side panel modules for cable connection space For mounting a Maxi-PLS cable connection bar system

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 2 mm

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Also required:

− 2 functional space side panel modules with height 150 mm

− End support

Height mm Packs of

Model No. SV

For enclosure depth600 mm 800 mm

450 2 9673.069 9673.089

Suitable for cable connection busbar system

Maxi-PLS Number of poles

1600/2000 3-pole 1600/2000 4-pole

3200 3-pole 3200 4-pole

400 600 mm 2 9792.552

600 600 mm 2 9792.553

100 800 mm 2 9792.554

150 800 mm 2 9792.555

200 800 mm 2 9792.556

250 800 mm 2 9792.557

300 800mm 2 9792.558

400 800 mm 2

2

9792.559

9792.561

600 800 mm 2 9792.560

9792.562

200 400 mm 2 9792.542

Functional space side panel modules For internal compartmentalisation

• Side divider panel for compartments, for locating into the TS pitch pattern.

• Prepared for the location of mounting brackets for horizontal compartment dividers or mount-ing plates

• Two TS system punchings allow the use of additional TS accessories.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

1000 mm30021000 mm400

9792.5631000 mm200

Form 1-4

Compartment configuration

Ri4Power Form 2-4 21

2

Page 22: Power distribution solutions

Compartment

Internal Assembly

Accessory componentsFunctional space side panel modulesMounting bracket for functional space dividerFunctional space dividerPartial mounting plates including angle bracketsCross membersPartial doorsLocks

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Ri4Power Form 2-422

Page 23: Power distribution solutions

Form 1-4

Compartment configuration

Partial mounting plates With or without duct • For direct attachment to the functional space

side panel modules.• Universal internal installation with switchgear

and control devices. • Additional mounting levels. • In combination with functional space dividers

and side panel modules, internal separation in accordance with Form 2, 3 or 4 is possible.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 2 mm

Supply includes:− Angle brackets and assembly parts − For the version with duct:

Additional square cut-out with insulating plates for sealing the cut-out.

Also required:

Functional space side panel modules,

Without duct For enclosure width

mmFor compartment

height mmWidth mm

Height mm Packs of Model No. SV

400 150 302 143 1 9673.641

400 200 302 193 1 9673.642

400 250 302 243 1 9673.647

400 300 302 293 1 9673.643

400 400 302 393 1 9673.644

400 600 302 593 1 9673.646

400 800 302 793 1 9673.648

400 1000 302 993 1 9673.640

400 1200 302 1193 1 9792.834

400 1600 302 1593 1 9792.835

600 150 502 143 1 9673.661

600 200 502 193 1 9673.662

600 250 502 243 1 9673.667

600 300 502 293 1 9673.663

600 400 502 393 1 9673.664

600 600 502 593 1 9673.666

600 800 502 793 1 9673.668

600 1000 502 993 1 9673.660

800 150 702 143 1 9673.681

800 200 702 193 1 9673.682

800 250 702 243 1 9673.687

800 300 702 293 1 9673.683

800 400 702 393 1 9673.684

800 600 702 593 1 9673.686

800 800 702 793 1 9673.688

800 1000 702 993 1 9673.680

600 1200 502 1193 1 9792.837

600 1600 502 1593 1 9792.838

600 1800 502 1793 1 9792.839

800 1200 702 1193 1 9792.840800 1600 702 1593 1 9792.841

800 1800 702 1793 1 9792.842

Note : With duct available on request

Ri4Power Form 2-4 23

Page 24: Power distribution solutions

400

400

400

388

388

388

9792.570

9792.575

9792.580

9792.571

9792.576

9792.581

9792.572

9792.577

9792.5822222

22222

Form 1-4

Compartment configuration

Ri4Power Form 2-424

With Louvers

Without Louvers

Page 25: Power distribution solutions

Function Room SetupForm 1-4

VE

600 300 297 540 170,5 2 set 9673.5301)

600 400 397 540 170,5 2 set 9673.5401)

600 600 597 540 170,5 2 set 9673.5601)

600/800 300 297 841 245,5 1 set 9673.5322)

600/800 400 397 841 245,5 1 set 9673.5422)

600/800 600 597 841 245,5 1 set 9673.5622)

1) Suitable for RiLine60 and Maxi-PLS 1600/20002) Suitable for RiLine60, Maxi-PLS 1600/2000/3200 and Flat-PLS

1)

VE

150 400/600 1 set 9674.701

200 400/600 1 set 9674.702

250 400/600 1 set 9674.707

300 400/600 1 set 9674.703

400 400/600 1 set 9674.704

600 400/600 1 set 9674.706 1) Enclosure width of the cable chamber

For Enclosuredepth mm

Order-No. SVFor Cabinetwidth mm

Widthmm

Heightmm

Depth mm

Order-No. SV

For Cabinetwidthmm

For Functionroom height

mm

Functional space side panel modules for internalcompartmentalisation.

In addition,required:

Gland plates For closing cable entries.

Material:PVC, 3 mm, fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7004

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

For side panel modules height mm Packs of Model No. SV

15 10 St. 9673.195

200/60 10 St. 9673.192

Cover plates for rear busbar system in the cable chamber To separate an area of the cable chamber enclo-sure for a rear-mounted busbar system. Attachment requires an auxiliary construction made from Mini-TS sections, to which the cover plates are attached and fastened.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Also required:

Frame connection piece (4 x SV 9673.901)

Corner connector (2 x SV 9673.902)

TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm for SV 9673.5X0 (2 x SV 9673.915, 2 x SV 9673.953)

TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm for SV 9673.5X2 (2 x SV 9673.920 or 2 x SV 9673.9402 x SV 9673.983)

Ri4Power Form 2-4 25

for modular outgoing sectionFor shielding the connections (terminals) of thefunctional space, busbar space and cable chamberin accordance with Form 4b to IEC 61 439-2.The terminal boxes are externally mounted on thefunctional space side panel modules in the cablechamber to match the heights of the compartments.

If necessary, a clamping strip may be mounted onthe cable retainer included with the supply.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Note:For installation of the terminal boxes, the width ofthe cable chamber must be at least 400 mm!

Terminal box Form 4b

Page 26: Power distribution solutions

Enclosure System AccessoriesEnclosure configuration

1) Delivery times available on request.

2) Trim panels of 400 H & 350 H & 150 H available on request.

Front trim panelsfor TS (busbar compartment)Required to conceal a 300 mm high busbar compartment and for using partial doors as an upper and lower height filler.Height of busbar compartment cover: 300 mm.Height of front trim panel opposite:100 mm.Material:Sheet steel, 2 mmColour:Textured RAL 7035Supply includes:2 front trim panels, including assembly parts.

Also required:

Accessories:

Roof frame barsCross members

Upgrade kit IP 43for front trim panels IP 2X with ventilation hole

For enclosure widthmm

1) Delivery times available on request.

Packs of Model No. SV

300 1 set 9672.053400 1 set 9672.054600 1 set 9672.056800 1set 9672.058

1)1000 1 set 9672.0501)1200 1 set 9672.052

9671.043 9671.044 9671.046 9671.0481 set

AccessoriesUpgrade kit IP 43for front trim panel IP 2X

--

Note - Version IP 2X with ventilation louvers will be available on request

For Enclosure width mm top mm bottom mm

1 set

1 set1 set

1 set1 set

300

300

300

300

400

400

400

400

600

600

Height of front trim panels Packs of

Model No. SV

IP 54 sealed

1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set1 set

100

200

300

400

100

200

300

400

100

200

100

200

300

400

100

200

300

400

100

200

9788.2469788.2269788.2079788.2279788.2089788.2289788.2099788.2299788.2109788.2309788.2119788.2319788.2129788.2329788.2139788.2339788.2149788.2349788.2159788.235

600

600

800

800

800

800

1000

1000

1000

1000

300

400

100

200

300

400

100

200

300

400

300

400

100

200

300

400

100

200

300

400

9788.2169788.2369788.2179788.2379788.2189788.2389788.2199788.2399788.2209788.2409788.2219788.2419788.2229788.2429788.2239788.2439788.2249788.2449788.2259788.245

Ri4Power Form 2-426

Page 27: Power distribution solutions

Form 1-4

Function Room Setup

Support frame for DIN rail-mounted devices• Support frame set for accepting DIN rail- mounted devices (e.g. MCBs). • The support rails are fastened with two mount- ing brackets to the functional space side panel modules. The cover is fastened to the support frame with knurled screws. • In combination with functional space dividers, partial mounting plates and side panel mod- ules, internal compartmentalisation in accord- ance with Form 2, 3 or 4 is possible.

Material:− Support frame: Sheet steel, zinc-plated,

passivated, 1.5 mm − Cover: Sheet steel, spray-finished, 1.5 mm

Supply includes:− Support rails− 2 mounting brackets− 1 cover with cut-out− Assembly parts

200 600 1 set 9674.196 1)

200 800 1 set 9674.198 1)

300 600 1 set 9674.036

300 800 1 set 9674.038

400 600 1 set 9674.046

400 800 1 set 9674.0481)Suitable Only for Maxi-PLS.

In addition,required:

End supports.Coupling-mounting kit

VEfor

cabinetWidth mm

Forcabinetdepth

Order-No. SV

Coupling set mounting kitfor busbar enclosure or riserThe mounting kit is used as a base support for a vertical Maxi-PLS busar system/Flat-PLS busbar system.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Supply includes:− Support plate and punched sections with

mounting flanges, assembly parts− With the version for 300 and 400 mm enclosure

widths, additionally with insulating plate for the installation of Flat-PLS

Cross membersfor TSFor use as sealing member between:• Front trim panels• Trim panels• Partial doorsMaterial:Sheet steel, 1 mm / 1.5 mmColour:RAL 7035Supply includes:Assembly parts and sealing material.

For Enclosure widthmm Packs of Model No. SV

300 5 9671.003400 5 9671.004600 5 9671.006800 5 9671.008

1000 5 9790.450 1200 5 9790.451

600 150 1 x 24 1 set 9674.761

600 300 2 x 24 1 set 9674.762

600 600 4 x 24 1 set 9674.764

800 300 2 x 36 1 set 9674.782

800 600 4 x 36 1 set 9674.784

VEfor

Cabinetwidthmm

forFunction

room heightmm

numberdivision

units17.5 mm

Order-No. SV

In addition,required:

- Function room-side panel modules,- Partial mounting plates,

600 200 1 x 24 1 set

800 200 1 x 26 1 set

9790.728

9790.729

Note : 400W available on request

Ri4Power Form 2-4 27

Page 28: Power distribution solutions

BaseTS base/plinth

Modular base/plinth diversityRegardless of the enclosure depth: The base/plinth components at the front and rear, pre-configured with corner pieces, are always the same for the chosen width. Only the side trim panels are selected according to the enclosure depth and the required base/plinth configuration. The modular concept pro-duces exceptional advantages in terms of cost and function.

Mounting on the enclosure is conveniently carried out from the outside. The base/plinth interior offers diverse opportunities for mounting levels for cable management.

One Model No. for the base/plinth trim,

side.

A complete base/plinthTS.

One Model No. for the base/plinth compo-nents front and rear.

New supply includes Functional benefits Savings potential compared with twelve 100 mm trim panels

3 Packs of base/plinth components 1 Pack of base/plinth trim panel 200 mm high

Continuous cable chamber 2 trim panels 200 mm

3 packs of base/plinth components 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 200 mm high 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 100 mm high1 pack of base/plinth baying brackets TS 8601.100 (packs of 20) 4 are required for this solution

Additional stabilisation for transporta-tion purposes with base/plinth trim rotated through 90°

2 trim panels 200 mm 2 trim panels 100 mm

3 Packs of base/plinth components 2 Packs of base/plinth trim panel 200 mm high

Shielding of the base/plinths in relation to one another

4 trim panels 200 mm

3 packs of base/plinth components 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 200 mm high 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 100 mm high

Additional connection of the base/plinths

2 trim panels 200 mm 2 trim panels 100 mm

Other options:

●●●

Cable entry at the side by mounting a 100 mm base/plinth trim panel (top or bottom). Cable entry from the rear by dismantling one or more trim panels of the base/plinth components. Cable clamp rail fitted on the 100 mm high trim panel.

Function and cost benefits Fewer parts, more opportunities, lower purchas-ing, storage and assembly costs – this is the for-mula behind the new modular base/plinth system.

The following table shows three bayed base/plinths in 200 mm height illustrating a wide range of possible solutions and the potential savings with trim panels compared with the previous 200 mm base/plinth system each with two trim panels of 100 mm height at the sides.

Base/pl. height

Basic form Cable gland options

Stabilisation of bayed base/plinth

100 mm

200 mm

Ri4Power Form 2-428

Page 29: Power distribution solutions

TS base/plinth

Base

Base/plinth componentsfront and rear Sheet steel for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, TEBase/plinth component consisting of one trim panel and two pre-configured corner pieces. In 200 mm high base/plinth components, one trim panel is divided into two for cable entry.

Material:− Base/plinth components: Sheet steel − Cover caps: Plastic

Surface finish:Spray-finished

Colour:Cover caps: RAL 9005/7035

Supply includes:1 set = 2 base/plinth components, 4 cover caps, 4 screws and captive nuts M12 for mounting on the enclosure.

Accessories:

− Base mounting plate SO 2817.000− Filter mat for vented versions

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

100 mm high, colour: RAL 7022

100 mm high, colour: RAL 7035

100 mm high, colour: RAL 9005

200 mm high, colour: RAL 7022

200 mm high, colour: RAL 7035

For enclosure width

mmDesign Model No. TS

300 Solid 400 Solid 500 Solid 600 Solid 800 Solid 850 Solid 1000 Solid 1100 Solid 1200 Solid1600 Solid

For enclosure width

mmDesign Model No. TS

300 Solid 8601.905

600

Solid 8601.605

Vented 7825.601

Vented with designer cover 7825.603

800

Solid 8601.805

Vented 7825.801

Vented with designer cover 7825.803

For enclosure width

mmDesign Model No. TS

600Solid 8601.602

Vented with designer cover 7825.605

800Solid 8601.802

Vented with designer cover 7825.805

For enclosure width

mmDesign Model No. TS

300 Solid 8602.915

400 Solid 8602.400

500 Solid 8602.500

600 Solid 8602.600

800 Solid 8602.800

850 Solid 8602.850

1000 Solid 8602.000

1100 Solid 8602.100

1200 Solid 8602.200

1600 Solid 8602.920

For enclosure width

mmDesign Model No. TS

300 Solid 8602.905

600 Solid 8602.605

800 Solid 8602.805

8601.915

8601.400

8601.500

8601.600

8601.800

8601.850

8601.000

8601.300

8601.200

8601.920

Ri4Power Form 2-4 29

Page 30: Power distribution solutions

BaseTS base/plinth

Base/plinth trim panels, side Sheet steel for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, TEFor mounting between the base/plinth compo-nents. At 200 mm height, two 100 mm base/plinth trims may be used. Base/plinth trim (100 mm high) may be installed rotated through 90° in order to stabilise bayed base/plinth components.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Spray-finished

Supply includes:1 set = 2 base/plinth trim panels,including parts for attaching to the base/plinth components.

Also required:

Base/plinth baying brackets TS 8601.100.when mounting base/plinth trim panels rotated through 90°.

Accessories:

Assembly bolts for base/plinth.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

100 mm high, colour: RAL 7022

100 mm high, colour: RAL 7035

100 mm high, colour: RAL 9005

200 mm high, colour: RAL 7022

200 mm high, colour: RAL 7035

For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS

300 8601.030

400 8601.040

500 8601.050

600 8601.060

800 8601.080

For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS

600800

10001200

For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS

800 8601.086

1000 8601.010

1200 8601.026

For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS

300 8602.030

400 8602.040

500 8602.050

600 8602.060

800 8602.080

For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS

600 8602.065

800 8602.085

1000 8602.015

1200 8602.025

Base/plinth baying brackets for TS base/plinthEssential if the trim panels are mounted rotated through 90° for additional stabilisation during the transportation of bayed enclosures. Additionally required for each trim panel: 2 units.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Screws M8 x 16 mm.

Packs of Model No. TS

20 8601.100

8601.065

8601.085

8601.015

8601.025

Ri4Power Form 2-430

Page 31: Power distribution solutions

TS base/plinth

Base

Cable chamber for TS With integral system punchings for individual system accessories.

Material:Sheet steel

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:− Sheet steel trim panels front and rear − Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure

Accessories:

Side panels for cable chamber. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

For enclosuresModel No. TS

Width mm Depth mm400 500 8600.455

400 600 8600.465

600 500 8600.655

600 600 8600.665

800 500 8600.855

800 600 8600.865

1200 500 8600.255

1200 600 8600.265

Side panels for cable chamber

Material:Sheet steel

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

For enclosure depth

mmPacks of Model No. TS

500 2 8600.510

600 2 8600.520

Transport castors for TS base/plinthFor locating onto the base/plinth corner piece 100 or 200 mm high.

Load capacity:

Maximum permissible load per twin castor: Static 100 kg

Supply includes:1 set = 4 twin castors, 2 x with, 2 x without locks.

Colour:RAL 7022

Also required:

Base/plinth trim, side.

Floor clearance mm Model No. TS

100 8800.390

all are of 200 mm height

Ri4Power Form 2-4 31

Page 32: Power distribution solutions

Baying systemEnclosure suites

1

13

4

5

6

2

Bayable on all sides Whether around corners, forwards, backwards, to the left or right or even upwards if required, the baying options are unlimited.

Quick-fit baying clamps, one-piece

Quick-fit baying clamps,three-piece

Baying clamp, horizontal

Baying clamp, vertical for TS/TS

Baying clamp, vertical for TS/PS

Baying connectors, external

Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures.

1

2

3

4

5

6

For baying at the installation site or for provisional siting in the workshop

Ri4Power Form 2-432

Page 33: Power distribution solutions

Enclosure suites

Baying system

Quick-fit baying clamp, one-piece for TS/TS Simply attach the screws, insert the quick-fit baying clamp, tap in with a hammer and lock.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

1 Packs of Model No. TS

6 8800.500

Quick-fit baying clamp, three-piece for TS/TSSimply locate, connect with the lock plate, and secure.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

2 Packs of Model No. TS

6 8800.590

Baying clamp, horizontal for TS/TS, TS/PS For mounting on the horizontal enclosure sections.

Material:Cast steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

3 Packs of Model No. TS

4 8800.400

Baying clamp, vertical for TS/TS For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

4 Packs of Model No. TS

6 8800.410

Ri4Power Form 2-4 33

Page 34: Power distribution solutions

Baying systemEnclosure suites

Baying clamp, vertical for TS/PS For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections.

Material:Cast steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

5 Packs of Model No. TS

6 8800.420

Baying connectors, externalfor TS/TSFor mounting on the vertical enclosure sections.

Simply position on the outside and screw-fasten either from the inside or outside.

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

6 Material/surface finish Packs of Model No. TS

Sheet steel, zinc-plated 6 8800.490

Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 6 8700.000

Individual enclosures may be safely transported using the eyebolts included with the supply. For symmetrical loads, the following maximum permissible loads apply: for 45° cable pull angle 4,800 N, for 60° cable pull angle 6,400 N, for 90 cable pull angle 13,600 N.°

Note:The eyebolts must be aligned in the direction of the cable pull. For larger baying combinations, we recommend the use of a transport base/plinth

For the enclosure combi-nation with angular bay-ing brackets, quick-fit baying clamps and com-bination angles shown here, the load capacity with a cable pull angle of 60° is as follows: for the left-hand enclo-sure 7,000 N, for the central enclosure 14,000 N, for the right-hand enclo-sure 7,000 N.

The cable pull angle between the roof plate and the cable has a significant influ-ence on the total per-missible load. The cable pull angle must not be less than 45°, and where possi-ble, should be less than 60°.

Note on the transportation of bayed enclosures

Ri4Power Form 2-434

Page 35: Power distribution solutions

Enclosure suites

Baying system

7

8

8

When transporting bayed enclosures

Baying bracket for TS/TS

Baying bracket for TS/TS and TS/PS

Note:

− In addition, the outer baying connector can be used. − When transporting large, heavy enclosure com- binations by crane, we additionally recommend the use of combination angles TS 4540.000

Also required:

For protection category IP 55: One connector/clamp is required half-way up the enclosure height.Baying clamp.

Notes: on the transportation of bayed enclosures

2 quick-fit baying clamps TS 8800.500

4 angular baying brackets TS 8800.430

2 quick-fit baying clamps TS 8800.500

2 angular baying brackets TS 8800.430

4 baying brackets TS 4582.500

if the angular baying brackets cannot be fitted in the foremost installation position due to installed equipment such as large swing frames.

7

8

A

1

7

B

1

7

8

Angular baying brackets for TS/TS For a stable connection when transporting bayed enclosure suites.

Screw-fastening either ●• Horizontally and vertically with 8 screws ●• Horizontally with 2 screws and M8 threaded

blocks, vertically with 4 screws is supported.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

7 Packs of Model No. TS

4 8800.430

7

1

A

7

8

1

B

Ri4Power Form 2-4 35

Page 36: Power distribution solutions

Baying systemEnclosure suites

Baying bracketsfor TS/TS and TS/PSFor additional stabilistation, or in cases where: • Mounting plate brackets • Swing frame • Busbar support prevent the installation of angular baying brackets.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Accessories:

For mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section: Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808

8 Packs of Model No. TS

4 4582.500

Angular baying brackets The alternative to baying bracket TS 4582.500 and for individual interior installations.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:24 hex screws M8 x 16 mm.

Also required:

For mounting on:– Horizontal TS enclosure section,

captive nuts/threaded blocks M8 – Vertical TS enclosure section,

snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808,

Packs of Model No. PS

4 4582.000

Combination angle For optimum distribution of tensile forces during transportation of bayed enclosures by crane.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Accessories:

Top baying cover, Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures,

Packs of Model No. TS

4 4540.000

Baying attachment, verticalfor TS/TS with divider panelOnly suitable for mounting in conjunction with the angle brackets of the divider panel (included with the supply).

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Note:May also be used for side or rear wall attachment/fastening of enclosures. In such cases, additional holes must be drilled in the side or rear panel.

Packs of Model No. TS

8 8800.470

Ri4Power Form 2-436

Page 37: Power distribution solutions

Enclosure suites

Baying system

Baying attachment, verticalfor TS/TS For baying two populated enclosures on the verti-cal enclosure section. Simply locate into the vertical TS punchings, secure and connect both brackets by using the hex screws (supplied loose). Using the fastening bolts, the enclosure is pulled into a defined end position, with a height or side offset of up to ± 2 mm.

Material:Sheet steel, 3 mm

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Packs of Model No. TS

6 8800.670

Baying clamp, horizontalfor back-to-back mounting Two-piece, for in site assembly of enclosures with mounting plate in the rearmost installation position.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Packs of Model No. TS

4 8800.170

Baying cover, top A cover with two end caps may additionally be clipped over the seal between the two enclo-sures. This prevents dirt and liquid from collect-ing on the baying seal.

Material:− Cover section: Sheet steel or stainless steel − End caps: Plastic

Surface finish:Spray-finished

Supply includes:− Cover section − 2 end caps

Note:May also be fitted in the width with enclosure suites bayed back-to-back.

May also be used in conjunction with dust guard

For enclosure

depth mm

Packs of

RAL 7035

Stainless steel

1.4301 (AISI 304)

Model No. TS

400 1 – 8800.840

500 1 – 8800.850

600 1 – 8800.860

800 1 – 8800.880

1000 1 – 8800.892

400 1 –

8700.140

500 1 –

8700.150

600 1 –

8700.160

Ri4Power Form 2-4 37

Page 38: Power distribution solutions

Baying systemEnclosure suites

Baying connectors, externalfor DK-TS/DK-TS with side panelsFor retrospective baying of enclosures with screw-fastened or lockable side panels.

Material:Sheet steel

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Packs of Model No. DK

4 7824.540

Baying kitfor KL, AE Special screws and nuts ● For fast, simple assembly without thread-tap-

ping. ● Compression of the seal is limited to a prede-

fined level, to ensure a long-lasting, permanent seal between enclosures.

Seal, self-adhesive ● Comprised of bayable sealing elements and

corner pieces, for individual adaptation to vari-ous enclosure sizes.

One pack is sufficient for a baying point up to H x D = 800 x 350 mm.

Supply includes:− Sealing elements− Assembly parts

Packs of Model No. SZ

1 set 1199.100

Ri4Power Form 2-438

Page 39: Power distribution solutions

TS 8 corner enclosures

Baying system

TS 8 corner enclosures The corner enclosure and the supplied compo-nents will accommodate the various baying options of the TS 8 frame on all outer surfaces. Fitted with a rear panel and an asymmetrical side panel (mounted on the l/h side), the corner enclosure also permits the option of baying in both the width and depth. The gland plates are aligned parallel to the rear panel. In TS 8 enclosures with a square footprint, the gland plates may also be rotated through 90°. The baying system is identical to all other TS 8 enclosures.

Material:Sheet steel, 1.5 mm

Surface finish:− Enclosure frame, roof, rear wall and side panel:

Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the out-side, textured paint

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:− Enclosure frame− Roof− Rear wall (on the longest side)− Side panel, asymmetrical− (divided in a longitudinal direction)Gland plates

Accessories:

TS base/plinthBase/plinth infill panel

Width mm

Height mm

Depth mm Model No. TS

400 1800 400 8484.300

500 1800 400 8584.300

600 1800 400 8684.300

500 1800 500 8585.300

600 1800 500 8685.300

600 1800 600 8686.300

400 2000 400 8404.300

500 2000 400 8504.300

600 2000 400 8604.300

800 2000 400 8804.300

500 2000 500 8505.300

600 2000 500 8605.300

800 2000 500 8805.300

600 2000 600 8606.300

800 2000 600 8806.300

600 2200 600 8626.300

Delivery times available on request.

Baying examples TS 8 corner enclosures

B = Width T = Depth

B 6

00

T 5

00

B 600

T 5

00

B 600

T 5

00

B 6

00

T 500

B 6

00

T 500

B 6

00

T 500

Correct

Incorrect

Note:

Incorrect

H

BT

Ri4Power Form 2-4 39

Gland plates: Zinc-plated

Page 40: Power distribution solutions

Roof

Roof/wall mounting

Top module for TS As a cable chamber for cable infeed from above or for power distribution with busbar systems across bayed enclosures. The TS cover plate is used as standard to finish off at the top. The enclosure height is increased by 200 mm with the top mounting module fitted. The top baying cover cannot be fitted. Installation accessories for top and bottom, see diagram and explanations below.

Material:Sheet steel, 1.5 mm

Surface finish:Spray-finished, textured paint

Colour:RAL 7035

Protection category:IP 55 to IEC 60 529, compliant with NEMA 12 (in conjunction with side panel for top mounting module).

Supply includes:− 1 frame module − 2 trim panels (front and rear) − 8 retainers with automatic

potential equalisation − 4 tapped rods with eyebolts

For enclosuresModel No. TSWidth (B)

mmDepth mm

600 600 8801.735

800 600 8801.745

1000 600 8801.755

1200 600 8801.765

Accessories:

DesignationTS punched rail 18 x 38 mmPS punched rail 23 x 23 mm with angle bracketPS punched rail 23 x 23 mm with support bracket PSPS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, with support bracket PSPS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mmSupport railSystem support railsC rail 30/15 with support bracket or spacerCable clamp railTS punched rail 25 x 38 mmTS punched sections without mounting flanges, 45 x 88 mm

1

1 7 8 9

2 3 4 5

6

11

10

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Side panelfor top-mounting module To finish off the side of a top-mounting module or bayed suite.

Material:Sheet steel,1.5 mm

Surface finish:Spray-finished, textured paint

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:− 2 side panels − 8 retainers with automatic potential equalisation

Packs of Model No. TS

2 8801.775

606 B - 3

150

B - 88

200

512

Ri4Power Form 2-440

Page 41: Power distribution solutions

Roof

Roof/wall mounting

Cable entry glands ● Including seal● External dimensions 250 x 160 mm ● Protection category IP 55

Design Material Colour Packs of Model No. SV

14 x M25/32 Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.750

2 x M25/32/40, 1 x M32/40/50, 2 x M40/50/63 Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.760

With sealing membranes 32 x Ø 7 – 16 mm, 4 x Ø 10 – 20 mm, 3 x Ø 14 – 26 mm

Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.770

With entry glands up to 66 mm diameter Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.780

Solid Sheet steel, spray-finished RAL 7035 4 9665.785

1

2

3

4

5

R25

135

223

138

226

Ø 4.5

Cut-out dimensions for SV 9665.750 to SV 9665.785

1

2

3

4

5

Ri4Power Form 2-4 41

Page 42: Power distribution solutions

1. Frame

2. Top cover

3. Bottom gland plate cover (3mm thick)

4. Bottom cover

5. Plinth

6. Side panel

7. Rear cover

8. Horizontal bus bar cover (HBBC)

9. Trim channel

10. Vertical cable alley cover (VCA)

11. Partial door

12. Eye bolt

13. Baying kit and baying bracket

No. Parts

Ri4Power Form 2-442

Page 43: Power distribution solutions

Rated voltage : Up to 415v

Mechanical strength : Up to 100KA /1second

Standard : IS 8623 IEC60439(1&2), 61439(1&2)

Construction : 16 fold profile frame

Cladding : CRCA sheet steel, DD grade

Degree of protection : IP54

Finish : EC Dip coat primed & powder coated finish

Shade : Standard RAL7035

Others : on request

Note : All dimensions in this catalogue are in millimeters

Ri4Power Form 2-4 43

Page 44: Power distribution solutions

Side panels

Side panels, asymmetrical for TS The alternative to the standard side panel for improved visual appearance in the event of back-to-back, back-to-side or corner baying. The gap (A) which occurs with standard side panels is reduced to a standard dimension (B), see techni-cal drawing. In the case of the TS 8 corner enclo-sure, an asymmetrical side panel is included in the supply. The number of additional asymmetrical side pan-els required depends on the chosen baying vari-ant.

Material:Sheet steel, 1.5 mm

Colour:RAL 7035

Protection category:IP 55 to IEC 60 529

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Accessories:

Enclosure panel holders, internal, for heavy

pressures.

For enclosures Packs of Model No. TS

Height mm Depth mm1800 400 2 8184.500

1800 500 2 8185.500

1800 600 2 8186.500

2000 400 2 8104.500

2000 500 2 8105.500

2000 600 2 8106.500

2000 800 2 8108.500

2200 600 2 8126.500

Asymmetrical side panel

Side panel Corner baying Back-to-back baying

B

A

Rear panel Door Standard side panel Asymmetrical side panel

Connecting plinth trim for TS base/plinth For covering gaps in bayed back-to-back or cor-ner enclosure suites. Simply push in between the trim panel and the corner piece before tightening the screws.

Material:Sheet steel

Note:For a base/plinth height of 200 mm, 2 trim panels must be fitted one above the other.

For base/plinth height

mm

Colour RAL

Packs of Model No. TS

100 7022 2 8601.110

Ri4Power Form 2-444

installed equipment and high dynamic

Page 45: Power distribution solutions

Busbar systems Maxi-PLS System components

Material:− Busbar support, end support,

end cover: PA 6.6− System attachment: Stainless steel− Cover section: Hard PVC

Note:Busbars for PE/PEN combinations

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

Supports and attachment in the TS 8 enclosure Packs

ofMaxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Busbar support 1 9649.000 9659.000

Busbar support, suitable for top mounting 1 9649.160 9659.160

End supports 2 9649.010 9659.010

System attachment for installation in the busbar support

For applicationFor enclosure

depth mm

Bar centre distance

mm

Packs of Model No. SV Model No. SV

In the roof/base section

600 100 2 9640.080 –

150 2 – 9650.100

800 100 2 9640.088 –

150 2 – 9650.080

Verticalcoupling set

600 100 2 9649.076 –

150 2 – 9650.076

800 100 2 9649.078 –

150 2 – 9659.078

Rear sectiontop/bottom –

100 2 9640.098 –

150 2 – 9650.098

Rear section, centre (185 mm)

– 185 2 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

9640.150 – 9650.150 –

Maxi-PLS busbars E-Cu (special lengths avaialble on request) Maxi-PLS 1600

Maxi-PLS 2000

Maxi-PLS 3200

For enclosure width mm

For application1)

Length mm

Packs of Model No. SV Model No. SV

600 a 491 1 9640.206 9640.201 9650.201

600 b 525 1 9640.216 9640.211 9650.211

600 c 599 1 9640.226 9640.221 9650.221

800 a 691 1 9640.236 9640.231 9650.231

800 b 725 1 9640.246 9640.241 9650.241

800 c 799 1 9640.256 9640.251 9650.251

1000 a 891 1 9640.266 9640.261 9650.261

1000 b 925 1 9640.276 9640.271 9650.271

1000 c 999 1 9640.286 9640.281 9650.281

1200 a 1091 1 9640.296 9640.291 9650.291

1200 b 1125 1 9640.306 9640.301 9650.301

1200 c 1199 1 9640.316 9640.311 9650.311

– – 2400 1 9640.365 9640.360 9650.360

– – 2400 1 – 9649.360 9659.360

Longitudinal connector E-Cu for simple baying connection of Maxi-PLS busbars. Incl. sliding blocks, bolts, washers and nuts.

1 9640.191 9640.191 9650.191

1) A = Cable connection system with end support B = Left-hand or right-hand end enclosure in a switchgear installation C = Bayed enclosure with sections bayed on the left and right

Contact hazard protection/short-circuit protection Packs of Model No. SV Model No. SV

Cover section for clip-on mounting on the Maxi-PLS busbars, length 1000 mm 5 9640.050 9650.050

End cover for clip-on mounting on the end surface of Maxi-PLS busbars 2 9649.060 9659.060

Stabiliser to increase short-circuit resistance (ICW up to 124 kA) 4

3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

– – 9650.140 –

B

A

D

C

D2

D1

D3

D4

A

B

C

D1

D2

D3

D4

A

A

B

b

a

c

b

B

B

C

A

A

B

C

Ri4Power Form 2-4 45

Page 46: Power distribution solutions

Busbar systems Maxi-PLSSystem components

Connection systemMaxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Connection bracket E-Cu, transition from the main busbar system to the connection kits.

Width mm

No. of brackets per phase

Packs of

3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-poleEnclosure depth 600/800 mm Enclosure depth 600 mm

60 1 1 set 9640.433 9640.433 +9640.434 9650.400 –

60 2 1 set 9640.443 9640.443 +9640.444 9650.410 –

60 3 1 set 9640.453 9640.453 +9640.454 9650.420 –

100 2 1 set 9640.473 9640.473 +9640.474 9650.470 –

100 3 1 set 9640.483 9640.483 +9640.484 9650.480 –

120 3 1 set – – 9650.487

60 1 1 set – –

Enclosure depth 800 mm

9659.403 9659.403 +9659.404

60 2 1 set – – 9659.413 9659.413 +9659.414

60 3 1 set – – 9659.423 9659.423 +9659.424

100 2 1 set – – 9659.473 9659.473 +9659.474

100 3 1 set – – 9659.483 9659.483 +9659.484

120 3 1 set – – 9659.493 9659.493 +9659.494

Isolator chassis for isolated routing of the connection brackets. Material: RAL 6.6, black. Incl. assembly parts. Bar centre distance

mmFor connection bracket width

mmPacks

of Model No. SV Model No. SV

100 60 1 9640.021 9640.021 – –

150 60 1 – – 9650.021 9650.021

150 100 1 – – 9650.031 9650.031

Contact maker E-Cu for contacting the connection brackets to the Maxi-PLS busbars. Incl. sliding blocks.

Width mm 60 1 9640.171 9640.171 9650.171 9650.171

100 1 9640.181 9640.181 9650.181 9650.181

Connection clamp for the connection of round conductors (Cu/Al) 95 to 300 mm2 (single-wire and multi-wire). Incl. assembly parts. 1 9640.325 9640.325 9650.325 9650.325

Connection plates for the connection of laminated flat copper bars. Assembly parts.

Maximum clamping area

2 x 10 x 32 x 1 mm 3 9640.330 9640.330 9650.330 9650.330

2 x 10 x 63 x 1 mm 3 9640.340 9640.340 9650.340 9650.340

2 x 10 x 100 x 1 mm 3 9640.350 9640.350 9650.350 9650.350

Terminal stud for connecting cables with ring terminals. Including sliding blocks. Length 30 mm Length 32 mm

ThreadM12 3 9640.370 9640.370 9650.370 9650.370

M16 3 9640.380 9640.380 9650.380 9650.380

Sliding blocks for sliding into the Maxi-PLS busbar section at the sides.

ThreadM8 Length 20 mm 15 9640.970 9640.970 – –

M10 Length 25 mm 15 9640.980 9640.980 9650.980 9650.980

M12 Length 35 mm 15 – – 9650.990 9650.990

Sliding nuts for retrospective insertion into the Maxi-PLS busbar section.

Thread

M6 15 9640.900 9640.900 9650.900 9650.900

M8 15 9640.910 9640.910 9650.9051)

9650.9051)

M10 15 9640.920 9640.920 9650.910 9650.910

M12 15 – – 9650.920 9650.920

Threaded bolts for individual connection options2). Incl. nuts, plain washers, spring lock washers (M6 and M8 only) or washers.

Thread

M6 Length 35 mm 6 9640.930 9640.930 9640.930 9640.930

M8 Length 35 mm 6 9640.940 9640.940 9640.940 9640.940

M10 Length 35 mm 8 9676.971 9676.971 9676.971 9676.971

M10 Length 45 mm 8 9676.972 9676.972 9676.972 9676.972

M10 Length 55 mm 8 9676.973 9676.973 9676.973 9676.973

M10 Length 70 mm 8 9676.976 9676.976 9676.976 9676.976

M10 Length 80 mm 8 9676.977 9676.977 9676.977 9676.977

M12 Length 40 mm 8 – – 9676.981 9676.981

M12 Length 50 mm 8 – – 9676.982 9676.982

M12 Length 60 mm 8 – – 9676.983 9676.983

M12 Length 70 mm 8 – – 9676.986 9676.986

M12 Length 80 mm 8 – – 9676.987 9676.9871) Packs of 3. 2) Sliding blocks or sliding nuts are additionally required for attachment.

B

C

A

A

B

C

A

B

C

E

F

D

A

B

C

D

E

F

Ri4Power Form 2-446

Page 47: Power distribution solutions

Busbar systems Maxi-PLS

Connection systemMaxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Corner bracket E-Cu for connecting horizontal Maxi-PLS busbar systems in the roof/base section to vertical busbar systems, for 90° connection of two Maxi-PLS busbars in the rear section. May be used for individual installation.

For Maxi-PLS Packs of

3/4-pole 3/4-pole1600 2000 3200

Number of brackets per phase 2 x 60 x 10 mm 3 x 60 x 10 mm 3 x 80 x 10 mmModel No. SV 1 9640.7051)

9640.7001)

9650.700 2)

1) Also required: 4 sliding blocks 9640.980 per corner bracket. 2) Also required: 4 sliding blocks 9650.990 per corner bracket.

Connection kits for busbar riser. For connecting horizontal Maxi-PLS busbar systems in the rear section to vertical busbar systems. For enclosure depth

mmNumber of brackets

per phase

Packs of

1600 2000 3200

600 800 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

2 1 set 9660.318 9660.318+9660.319 – –

3 1 set – – 9660.313 9660.313+9660.314

– 3 1 set – –

3 1 set – –

Also required:

Sliding blocks 15 9640.980 9640.980 9640.980 9640.980Threaded bolts 8 9676.972 9676.972 9676.973 9676.973Required quantity 12 16 12 16

T-connector kits for Maxi-PLS/RiLine60 busbar systems. For connecting horizontal Maxi-PLS main busbar systems to vertical RiLine60 distribution busbar systems in the modular outgoing section, including assembly parts.

Main busbar system Maxi-PLS Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Maxi-PLS Distribution busbar systemEnclosure depth

mm Packs of 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

In the roof/base

section

In the rear

section top/

bottom

Behind the compartment

Inside the compartment

30 x 10/5 mm

PLS 1600

30 x 10/5 mm

PLS 1600 600 800

– – –

1 set 9675.303 9675.304 – –

– – –

– 1 set – – 9675.311 –

– – – –

1 set – – 9675.313 9675.314

– –

– –

1 set 9675.306 9675.307 – –

– –

– –

– 1 set – – 9675.315 –

– – –

– – –

1 set – – 9675.316 9675.317

– – –

– 1 set 9675.321 9675.322 9675.331 –

– – –

– –

1 set 9675.323 9675.324 9675.333 9675.334

– – – –

– 1 set 9675.325 9675.328 9675.335 –

– – – –

1 set 9675.326 9675.327 9675.336 9675.337

– – –

1 set 9675.343 9675.344 – –

– – – –

1 set – – 9675.353 9675.354

– –

1 set 9675.346 9675.347 – –

– – –

1 set – – 9675.356 9675.357

– –

– 1 set 9675.361 9675.362 – –

– –

– –

1 set 9675.363 9675.364 9675.373 9675.374

– – –

– 1 set 9675.365 9675.368 – –

– – –

1 set 9675.366 9675.367 9675.376 9675.377

Compact infeed for Maxi-PLS busbar 1600/2000For individual use as a 3-pole cable connection bar system. Direct mounting on the mounting plate or punched section without mounting flange.

Supply includes:

6 end supports, 2 support plates for end supports, 1 PS mounting rail 23 x 23 mm (length 495 mm), mounting accessories

Packs of

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

1 set 9660.980 – – –

3-pole 4-pole

– –

– –

9660.363 –

9660.368 9660.368 + 9660.369

9650.990 9650.9909676.983 9676.983

12 16

A

A

AA

A

A

System components

Ri4Power Form 2-4 47

Page 48: Power distribution solutions

Busbar systems Maxi-PLSSystem components

ShieldingMaxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Divider panel for TS enclosures. For side shielding from neighbouring panels. In conjunction with the busbar gland and the divider panel modules to prevent arcing. Assembly parts.

Maxi-PLS busbars in the roof sectionFor enclosure depth

mmFor enclosure

height mm

Packs of

600 800 – 2000 1 9660.620 9660.620

– 2000 1 9659.590 9659.590

Maxi-PLS busbars in the rear sectionFor enclosure depth

mmFor enclosure

height mm

Packs of

600 800 – 2000 1 9660.610 9660.610

– 2000 1 9659.580 9659.580

Divider panel module for busbar gland. Assembly parts. For enclosure depth

mm Bar centre distance mm Packs of

1600/2000 3200

600 800 100 150 185 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole – – – 1 9640.621 –

– – 1 9640.628 – –

– – – 1 – – 9650.621 –

– – – 1 – – 9659.601

– – 1 9640.6411) – 9650.6411) –

Busbar gland

The busbar gland may also be used as a cover for longitudinal connectors. Assembly parts. Use with longitudinal connector Required

packs ofPacks

of1600/2000 3200

no yes 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole – 6 1 set 9640.600 – 9650.600 –

– 8 1 set – 9640.600 – 9650.600

33

1 set1 set

9640.610 + 9640.600 – 9650.610 +

9650.600 –

44

1 set1 set – 9640.610 +

9640.600 – 9650.610 + 9650.600

1) For assembly in the rear enclosure section.

C

A

C

B

A

B

C

Ri4Power Form 2-448

Page 49: Power distribution solutions

Busbar systems Flat-PLS

Busbar system Flat-PLS/Flat-PLS 100, for flat copper bars For the configuration of busbar systems from flat copper bars. For mounting on a system attachment or directly on the mounting plate. Also suitable for aluminium and copper-plated aluminium bars. Max. permissible tolerance of bar width (60/100 mm) ± 0.3 mm, bar thickness (10 mm) ± 0.15 mm.

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 9005

Short-circuit resistance diagrams:

Available on the Internet.

Current carrying capacity:

Available on the Internet.

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Supports and attachment in the TS 8 enclosure

Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Busbar support

SystemFor

busbars up to mm1)

Packs of

Flat-PLS 60 4 x 60 x 10 1 9676.002 –

Flat-PLS 100 4 x 100 x 10 1 – 9676.004

Busbar support for stabiliser bar

SystemFor

busbars up to mm1)

Packs

of

Flat-PLS 60 4 x 60 x 10 1 9676.020 –

Flat-PLS 100 4 x 100 x 10 1 – 9676.021

System attachment for installation in the busbar support

For application Enclosure depth mm

Bar centre distance mm Packs

of 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole120 165 185

in the roof/base section/directlyabove/below coupling switch

600 – – 2 9674.162 9674.162 – –

– – 2 – – 9674.164 –

800 – – 2 9674.182 9674.182 – –

– – 2 – – 9674.184 9674.184

Vertical coupling set

600 – – 2 9674.172 9674.172 – –

– – 2 – – 9674.174 –

800 – – 2 9674.192 9674.192 – –

– – 2 – – 9674.194 9674.194

Rear section top/bottom

– – 2 9674.122 9674.122 – –

– – 2 – – 9674.124 9674.124

Rear section, centre (185 mm)

– – 2 9674.152 – – –

– – 2 – – 9674.154 –

Single-pole assembly, for mounting on the TS 8 frame 2 9674.102 9674.102 9674.104 9674.104

Busbar stabiliser bars

For busbar supports Bar centre distance mm

System assembly

Packs of 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

SV 9676.020120 3/4-pole 2 9676.022 9676.023 – –

185 3-pole 2 9676.026 – – –

SV 9676.021165 3/4-pole 2 – – 9676.024 9676.025

185 3-pole 2 – – 9676.027 – 1) At a bar width of < 60 mm for Flat-PLS 60 or < 100 mm for Flat-PLS 100, the empty gaps in the support should be filled

with spacers. When using only 1, 2 or 3 bars, the vacant bar slots should be closed using the filler pieces.

D

A

D

CB

A

B

D2

D1

D3

D4D5

D

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

C

System components

Ri4Power Form 2-4 49

Page 50: Power distribution solutions

Busbar systems Flat-PLS

Busbars and accessories for supportsFlat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Busbars E-Cu to DIN EN 13 601. Length: 2400 mm/barDimensions mm Weight/bar kg Packs of

40 x 10 8.55 3 3587.000 –

50 x 10 10.68 3 3588.000 –

60 x 10 12.82 3 3589.000 –

80 x 10 17.09 3 – 3590.000

100 x 10 21.44 3 – 3590.010

Spacers – At a bar width of < 60/100 mm the spacer should be used.E-Cu

Dimensions mmRequired number of

spacers per chamber Packs

of40 x 10 2

16 9676.007 9676.007 50 x 10 1 80 x 10 2

Filler pieces – When using only 1, 2 or 3 bars, the vacant bar slots should be closed using the filler pieces.Packs of

Flat-PLS 60 2 per free bar slot16 9676.008 9676.008

Flat-PLS 100 3 per free bar slotLongitudinal connector E-Cu for connecting Flat-PLS busbar systems, no drilling required.

No. of strands per conductor

For busbar width mm Screw Packs

of2 40 – 100 1) 1 9676.621 9676.621

3 or 4 40 – 100 1) 1 9676.641 9676.641 1) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width B (length = B + 40 mm)

Busbar claws for Flat-PLS For busbar width up to

mm Screw Packs of

2 x B x 10 1) 1 9676.017 9676.017

3 x B x 10 1) 1 9676.018 9676.018

4 x B x 10 1) 1 9676.019 9676.0191) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width B

(length = B + 20 mm, screw connections)

Contact hazard protection

Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Cover sections for Flat-PLS

For system No. of bars

per conductor

For busbar width mm

Length mm

Packs of

Edge cover section

for bar systems with no space between the strands

1 – 1000 10 9676.041 9676.041

2 – 1000 10 9676.042 9676.042

3 – 1000 10 9676.043 9676.043

Edge cover section

for bar systems with 10 mm space between the strands

2 – 1000 10 9676.052 9676.052

3 – 1000 10 9676.053 9676.053

4 – 1000 10 9676.054 9676.054

Side cover section

for bar systems, to match the edge cover sections

– 60 1000 10 9676.056 9676.056

– 80 1000 10 9676.058 9676.058

– 100 1000 10 9676.059 9676.059

End cover for busbar supports Flat-PLS

For Flat-PLS 60 and Flat-PLS 100 Packs of

2 9676.006 9676.006

Covers for busbar claws No. of bars per conductor For busbar claw Packs of

2 SV 9676.017SV 9676.832 8 9676.046 9676.046

3 SV 9676.018 8 9676.047 9676.047

4 SV 9676.019 8 9676.048 9676.048

E

E

A D

B

C

A

B

C

D

E

D

C

A

B

A

B

B

A

A

A

B

C

D

System components

Ri4Power Form 2-450

Page 51: Power distribution solutions

Connection system Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Connection brackets for Flat-PLS For connecting the connection kits of open air circuit-breakers to a Flat-PLS 60/100 main bar system in the roof section, base section, directly above or below the air circuit-breaker. For bar width of

connection brackets mm

No. of strands per

conductor

For conductor

For enclosure depth mm

Packs of

60

1L1, L2, L3

600

1 set 9676.201 9676.301

N 1 set 9676.202 –

2L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.203 9676.303

N 1 set 9676.204 –

3L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.205 9676.305

N 1 set 9676.206 –

1002

L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.213 9676.313

N 1 set 9676.214 –

3L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.215 9676.315

N 1 set 9676.216 –

120 3L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.217 9676.317

N 1 set 9676.218 –

60

1L1, L2, L3

800

1 set 9676.221 9676.321

N 1 set 9676.222 9676.322

2L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.223 9676.323

N 1 set 9676.224 9676.324

3L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.225 9676.325

N 1 set 9676.226 9676.326

1002

L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.233 9676.333

N 1 set 9676.234 9676.334

3L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.235 9676.335

N 1 set 9676.236 9676.336

120 3L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.237 9676.337

N 1 set 9676.238 9676.338

Contact makers for Flat-PLS For busbar width B

mm Screw No. of strands per conductor Packs of

60 1) 2 1 9676.526 9676.526

60 1) 3 or 4 1 9676.546 9676.546

80 1) 2 1 9676.528 9676.528

80 1) 3 or 4 1 9676.548 9676.548

100 1) 2 1 9676.520 9676.520

100 1) 3 or 4 1 9676.540 9676.540 1) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width B (length = B + 40 mm).

B

A

B1

A

B

Busbar systems Flat-PLSSystem components

Ri4Power Form 2-4 51

Page 52: Power distribution solutions

Connection system Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Direct connection terminals for Flat-PLS For the direct connection of round conductors 95 – 300 mm2 (single-wire or multi-wire).

For round conductors Screw Packs of95 – 300 mm2 RE/RM 1) 1 9676.730 9676.730

1) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width B (length = B + 60 mm, screw connections).

Connection plates for laminated copper bars, incl. assembly parts (excluding screws) For busbar width

mm Screw Packs of

2 x 10 x 32 x 1 1) 1 9676.747 9676.747

2 x 10 x 63 x 1 1) 1 9676.748 9676.748

2 x 10 x 100 x 1 1) 1 9676.749 9676.7491) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width B

(length = B + 50 mm, screw connections). Connection plates with bolts M10, incl. assembly parts (excluding screws)

Terminal studs Screw Packs ofM10 1) 1 9676.710 9676.710

2 x M10 1) 1 9676.714 9676.7141) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width B

(length = B + 40 mm, screw connections). Connection plates with bolts M12/M16, incl. assembly parts (excluding screws)

Terminal studs Screw Bolt length mm Packs of

M12 1) 30 1 9676.700 9676.700

M16 1) 30 1 9676.704 9676.7041) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width B

(length = B + 20 mm, screw connections). Claw with threaded insert M10

Nut Packs ofM10 8 9676.832 9676.832

Screw connections

Screw design Packs ofM10 x 60 8 9676.806 9676.806

M10 x 70 8 9676.807 9676.807

M10 x 80 8 9676.808 9676.808

M10 x 90 8 9676.809 9676.809

M10 x 100 8 9676.810 9676.810

M10 x 110 8 9676.811 9676.811

M10 x 120 8 9676.812 9676.812

M10 x 130 8 9676.813 9676.813

M10 x 140 8 9676.814 9676.814

M10 x 150 8 9676.815 9676.815

M10 x 160 8 9676.816 9676.816

M10 x 170 8 9676.817 9676.817

M10 x 190 8 9676.819 9676.819

B

A

C

D

A

B

C

D

B

A

A

B

Busbar systems Flat-PLSSystem components

Ri4Power Form 2-452

Page 53: Power distribution solutions

Connection systemMaxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Corner bracket E-Cu for connecting horizontal Maxi-PLS busbar systems in the roof/base section to vertical busbar systems, for 90° connection of two Maxi-PLS busbars in the rear section. May be used for individual installation.

For Maxi-PLS Packs of

3/4-pole 3/4-pole1600 2000 3200

Number of brackets per phase 2 x 60 x 10 mm 3 x 60 x 10 mm 3 x 80 x 10 mmModel No. SV 1 9640.7051)

9640.7001)

9650.7002)

1) Also required: 4 sliding blocks 9640.980 per corner bracket. 2) Also required: 4 sliding blocks 9650.990 per corner bracket.

Connection kits for busbar riser. For connecting horizontal Maxi-PLS busbar systems in the rear section to vertical busbar systems. For enclosure depth

mmNumber of brackets

per phase

Packs of

1600 2000 3200

600 800 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

2 1 set 9660.318 9660.318+9660.319 – – – –

3 1 set – – 9660.313 9660.313+9660.314 – –

– 3 1 set – – 9660.363 –

3 1 set – – 9660.368 9660.368 + 9660.369

Also required:

Sliding blocks 15 9640.980 9640.980 9640.980 9640.980 9650.990 9650.990Threaded bolts 8 9676.972 9676.972 9676.973 9676.973 9676.983 9676.983Required quantity 12 16 12 16 12 16

T-connector kits for Maxi-PLS/RiLine60 busbar systems. For connecting horizontal Maxi-PLS main busbar systems to vertical RiLine60 distribution busbar systems in the modular outgoing section, including assembly parts.

Main busbar system Maxi-PLS Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

Model No. SV Model No. SV

Maxi-PLS Distribution busbar systemEnclosure depth

mm Packs of 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

In the roof/base

section

In the rear

section top/

bottom

Behind the compartment

Inside the compartment

30 x 10/5 mm

PLS 1600

30 x 10/5 mm

PLS 1600 600 800

– – –

1 set 9675.303 9675.304 – –

– – –

– 1 set – – 9675.311 –

– – – –

1 set – – 9675.313 9675.314

– –

– –

1 set 9675.306 9675.307 – –

– –

– –

– 1 set – – 9675.315 –

– – –

– – –

1 set – – 9675.316 9675.317

– – –

– 1 set 9675.321 9675.322 9675.331 –

– – –

– –

1 set 9675.323 9675.324 9675.333 9675.334

– – – –

– 1 set 9675.325 9675.328 9675.335 –

– – – –

1 set 9675.326 9675.327 9675.336 9675.337

– – –

1 set 9675.343 9675.344 – –

– – – –

1 set – – 9675.353 9675.354

– –

1 set 9675.346 9675.347 – –

– – –

1 set – – 9675.356 9675.357

– –

– 1 set 9675.361 9675.362 – –

– –

– –

1 set 9675.363 9675.364 9675.373 9675.374

– – –

– 1 set 9675.365 9675.368 – –

– – –

1 set 9675.366 9675.367 9675.376 9675.377

Compact infeed for Maxi-PLS busbar 1600/2000For individual use as a 3-pole cable connection bar system. Direct mounting on the mounting plate or punched section without mounting flange.

Supply includes:

6 end supports, 2 support plates for end supports, 1 PS mounting rail 23 x 23 mm (length 495 mm), mounting accessories

Packs of

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

1 set 9660.980 – – –

A

A

AA

A

A

Busbar systems Maxi-PLS System components

Ri4Power Form 2-4 53

Page 54: Power distribution solutions

Screw connections for connection brackets For connecting connection brackets and a con-nector kit. May be used for 3- and 4-pole connector kits.

Material:Steel screws, zinc-plated, passivated

Supply includes:8 nuts and 16 washers.

Note:For a bar width of 120 mm, 2 packs are required per connector kit.

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

For systems Screw design No. of bars per phase Packs of Model No. SV

Maxi-PLS1)

1600/2000/3200

M10 x 40 1 8 9676.966

M10 x 60 2 8 9676.967

M10 x 80 3 8 9676.968

Maxi-PLS2)

1600/2000/3200 and Flat-PLS 60/100

M12 x 40 1 8 9676.961

M12 x 60 2 8 9676.962

M12 x 80 3 8 9676.9631) For connection bracket width 60/80 mm2) For connection bracket width 100/120 mm

Stacking insulator To support the connection kits top/bottom for circuit-breakers. Easily retro-fitted.

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Packs of Model No. SV

6 9660.200

Support rails for stacking insulator For attaching to the outer mounting level of the TS 8 enclosure and for the configuration of stack-ing insulators. C rail may also be used as cable management bar.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. SV

600 2 9676.196

800 2 9676.198

Stabiliser for connection kit To increase short-circuit resistance of the connec-tion kits from 75 kA to 100 kA, 1 sec. 2 stabilisers are required per connection kit. May be used for 3- and 4-pole connector kits. One stabiliser is used in place of a normal stack-ing insulator arrangement.

Material:Reinforcement section: Fibreglass-reinforced plastic

Supply includes:• 2 reinforcement sections • 10 stacking insulators

Assembly parts

Also required:

Support rail for stacking insulator

For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. SV

600 2 9676.186

800 2 9676.188

Connector kits for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLSSystem accessories

Ri4Power Form 2-454

Page 55: Power distribution solutions

Connector kits for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS

For connecting air circuit-breakers (ACB) to Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS busbar systems in SV-TS 8 enclosures. Please include the design code of the specification below in the order text for your connector kit. We recommend the Rittal Power Engineering software from Version 5.0, Model No. SV 3020.500 for easier configuration of the connector kits

Material:E-Cu

Note:Please quote the complete design code on all enquiries and orders.

Enclosure Selection

Width mm 400 600 800 1000

Height mm 1800 2000 2200

Depth mm 600 800

b

a c

a 4 6 8 0

b 8 0 2

c 6 8

Design code

Model No. SV Enclosure

Under-neath the air circuit-breaker

Air circuit-breaker

Above the air circuit-breaker

Compart-ment

height of air circuit-breaker

a b c d e f g h i j k l m n

Top 9676.910

Bottom 9676.912

Busbar system configuration Selection

in the base section

in the lower rear section

as cable connection system

directly underneath the circuit-breaker

Busbar support underneath the air circuit-breaker Busbar type Selection

Maxi-PLS

16003-pole

4-pole

20003-pole

4-pole

32003-pole

4-pole

Flat-PLS

60 3-pole

4-pole

100 3-pole

4-pole

d

A

B

C

D

E

F

2 bars 4 bars3 bars

I

J

M

N

e

6

7

8

9

Also required:

M12 screw connections. Terminal studs Maxi-PLS. Screw connections Flat-PLS.

For air circuit-breakers

Ri4Power Form 2-4 55

Page 56: Power distribution solutions

For air circuit-breakers

Air circuit-breakers

Busbar system underneath the air circuit-breaker Busbar type Selection

Maxi-PLS

16003-pole 4-pole

20003-pole 4-pole

32003-pole 4-pole

Flat-PLS

60 3-pole

4-pole

100 3-pole

4-pole

Busbar system configuration Selection

in the roof section

in the top rear section

as cable connection system 600 mm

as cable connection system 800 mm

as cable connection system 1000 mm

directly above the circuit-breaker

in rear section, Form 1

l

A

B

C

D

E

F

2 bars 4 bars3 bars

I

J

M

N

m

1

m

2

3

8

9

4

5

Selection

Brand

ABBEaton/MoellerMitsubishiSchneider ElectricSiemens/MoellerTerasakiVarious

Size

1/none234

k

nf/g/h/i/j

f

A

E

J

M

S

T

V

g

1

2

3

4

Selection

Rated current

630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A

No. of poles/ver-sion

Static3-pole4-pole

Rack-mounted

3-pole4-pole

Posi-tion

Behind the doorIn front of the door (in door cut-out)

h

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

i

3

4

6

8

j

H

V

Selection

Compart-ment height directly under-neath the circuit-breaker

0 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm 400 mm 600 mm1)

800 mm 1000 mm

2)

Compart-ment height of circuit-breaker

600 mm 800 mm

1000 mm

1) Standard height in Form 1 2) For Form 1 please select a 6

k

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

n

6

7

8

Sample design code

Model No. SV Enclosure Underneath the

air circuit-breaker Air circuit-breaker Above the air circuit-breaker

Compartment height of

circuit-breakera b c d e f g h i j k l m n

Top 9676.9108 2 8 C 8 S 2 G 3 V 6 J 1 6

Bottom 9676.912

Connector kits for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS

Ri4Power Form 2-456

Page 57: Power distribution solutions

Busbar systems (100/185/150 mm)

Material:

Busbar supports, inserts − Fibreglass-reinforced,

thermoplastic Polyester (PBT) − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:The base component of the busbar support SV 3052.000 may also be used as a single-pole support.

Short-circuit resistance diagrams:

Available on the Internet.

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Busbar systems1250 A (100 mm), 1600 A (185 mm), 2500 A (150 mm), 3000 A (150 mm)

Busbar support, 3-pole Packs of

Model No. SV

1250 A 1600 A 2500 A 3000 A

Width x height x depth mm 22 x 320 x 70 24 x 515 x 51 30 x 420 x 160 30 x 420 x 170Max. bar accommodation 60 x 10 80 x 10 2 x 80 x 10 2 x 100 x 10 Inserts for a) Cross-section reduction to mm

b) Reducing the bar width in 10 mm increments

30 x 10 up to 50 x 10

50/60 x 10

Bar centre distance mm 100 185 150 150Packs of 4 2 2 2

3073.000 3052.000 3055.000 3057.000

Accessories

Inserts to adapt the bar dimensions

30 x 10 mm 24 3074.000 – – –

40 x 10 mm 24 3075.000 – – –

50 x 10 mm 24 3076.000 3074.000 – –

60 x 10 mm 24 – 3075.000 – –

Spacing element for reducing the bar width in 10 mm increments 12 – – 3056.000 3056.000

Busbars E-Cu1) to DIN EN 13 601. Length 2400 mm. Dimensions mm 30 x 10 6 3586.000 – – – 40 x 10 3 3587.000 – – – 50 x 10 3 3588.000 3588.000 – – 60 x 10 3 3589.000 3589.000 3589.000 3589.000 80 x 10 3 – 3590.000 3590.000 3590.000 100 x 10 3 – – – 3590.010

Accessories

Baying bracket E-Cu for 30 x 10 mm 4 9661.350 – – – 40 x 10 mm 4 9661.050 – – – 80 x 10 mm 4 – 9661.150 – –

Longitudinal connector for 2 x bar width x 10 mm 1 – – 9676.6212) 9676.6212)

1) Other busbar lengths. 2) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width (length = B + 40 mm).

A B C C

AB

C

Ri4Power Form 2-4 57

Page 58: Power distribution solutions

Busbar systems (100/185/150 mm)

Contact hazard protection Packs of

Model No. SV

1250 A 1600 A 2500 A 3000 A

End covers for busbar supports 10 3083.000 – – –

Busbar cover section, length 1 m for E-Cu

30 x 10 mm 10 3092.000 – – –

40 x 10 to 60 x 10 mm 10 3085.000 3085.000 – –

Edge cover section for bar systems with 10 mm space between the strands, length 1 m

for 1 busbar per conductor 10 9676.041 9676.041 – –

for 2 busbars per conductor 10 – – 9676.052 9676.052

Side cover section for bar systems, to match the edge cover sections, length 1 m

For busbar width 60 mm 10 9676.056 9676.056 9676.056 9676.056 80 mm 10 9676.058 9676.058 9676.058 9676.058 100 mm 10 9676.059 9676.059 9676.059 9676.059

Connection system, (system accessories) Plate clamps for connecting laminated copper bars; no drilling required.

For busbars mm

Clamping area for lami-nated copper bars mm

30 x 10 34 x 10 3 3554.000 – – – 40 x 10 34 x 10 3 3559.000 – – – 50 x 10 34 x 10 3 3560.000 3560.000 – – 50 x 10 54 x 10 3 3562.000 3562.000 – – 60 x 10 34 x 10 3 3561.000 3561.000 – – 60 x 10 54 x 10 3 3563.000 3563.000 – – 80 x 10 65 x 10 3 – 3460.500 – – Conductor connection clamps for 10 mm bar thickness. Connection of round conductors1)

mm2

Clamping area for lami-nated copper bars mm

1 – 4 – 15 3555.000 3555.000 3555.000 3555.000 1 – 4 – 15 3455.500 3455.500 3455.500 3455.500 2.5 – 16 8 x 8 15 3456.500 3456.500 – – 16 – 50 10.5 x 11 15 3457.500 3457.500 – – 35 – 70 16.5 x 15 15 3458.500 3458.500 – – 70 – 185 22.5 x 20 15 3459.500 3459.500 – – System covers for conductor connection clamps and plate clamps.

Width x depth mm 50 x 80 4 3086.000 – – – 100 x 80 4 3087.000 – – – 100 x 110 4 3090.000 – – – 200 x 80 4 3088.000 – – – 200 x 110 4 3091.000 – – –

Inserted screw nuts M12, self-holding nuts with knurled ring for mounting NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors. For drilled holes in busbars Ø 14.5 mm. 30 3591.060 3591.060 – –

Connection plates, material: E-Cu nickel-plated

Connection for

1 ring terminal M102)

up to 240 mm2

3 sets – – 3058.000 –

2 ring terminals M102)

up to 240 mm2

3 sets – – 3059.000 3061.000

Laminated flat copper3)

up to 40 x 10 mm 3 sets – – 3061.000 –

Bar insulation 9 – – 3060.000 3060.000

Connection plates for laminated copper bars

For connecting laminated copper bars up to 2 x 10 x 100 x 1.0 mm (Flexibar) to a busbar system with 2 bars per conductor.

For laminated copper bars up to

2 x 10 x 32 x 1 mm 1 – – 9676.7474)

9676.7474)

2 x 10 x 63 x 1 mm 1 – – 9676.7484)

9676.7484)

2 x 10 x 100 x 1 mm 1 – – 9676.7494)

9676.7494)

Direct connection terminals

For the direct connection of round conductors 95 – 300 mm2

(single-wire and multi-wire). 1 – – 9676.7304)

9676.7304)

1) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine and extra-fine wire conductors. 2) T-head screw M10 x 100. 3) T-head screw M10 x 120. 4) The required screw connection must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width.

A

B

B

A

A

B

A

B

C

230

– 32

5

D

E

G

H

F

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Ri4Power Form 2-458

Page 59: Power distribution solutions

Cover systemsForm 1

Device moduleFor use in air circuit breaker outgoing/incoming sections with a minimum depth of 600 mm. The removable mounting plate may be used for the configuration e.g. of fuses, power circuit-breakers and switchgear.

Material:− Side parts, centre parts:

Sheet steel − Mounting plate:

Sheet steel, zinc-plated − Front panel:

Aluminium, anodised

Colour:Side parts, centre parts: RAL 7035

Supply includes: − 2 side parts − 2 centre parts − Connector parts − Mounting plate − Optional front panel

Note:Please observe the manufacturer-specific data regarding the arcing space of air circuit-breakers.

Design of front panel For enclosure width mm Mounting plate Packs

of Model No. SV600 800 Width mm Height mm

without – 420 250 1 9660.700

– 620 250 1 9660.710

vertically hinged – 420 250 1 9660.760

– 620 250 1 9660.770

Also required

Mounting bracket1)

4 mounting brackets are required to attach a device module.

Contact hazard protection coverFor SV-TS 8 enclosures with air circuit-breakerTo cover incoming and outgoing sections and NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors with the Maxi-PLS busbar system in the rear enclosure section so that they are safe from finger contact (IP 2X).

Material:Sheet steel

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:

3 front covers

Note:Cut-outs for air circuit-breakers must be provided by the customer.

SV-TS 8 enclosures,

For 1-door enclosures Width mm Height

mmDevice module version

Packs of Model No. SV600 800 with without

– 2000 – 1 set 9660.280

– 2000 – 1 set 9660.780

– 2000 – 1 set 9660.380

– 2000 – 1 sets 9660.880

Also required

Mounting bracket1) 24 9660.090

For 3-door enclosures Width mm Height

mmDevice module version

Packs of Model No. SV600 800 with without

– 2000 – 1 set 9660.2902)

– 2000 – 1 set 9660.790

– 2000 – 1 set 9660.3902)

– 2000 – 1 set 9660.890

Also required

Mounting bracket1) 24 9660.0901) 12 mounting brackets are required to attach the contact hazard protection cover plates. 2) Including trim panel

A

A

B

B

Ri4Power Form 2-4 59

Page 60: Power distribution solutions

Form 1

Cover systems

Contact hazard protection coverfor SV-TS 8 enclosures with NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors To cover incoming and outgoing sections and NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors with the Maxi-PLS busbar system in the rear enclosure section so that they are safe from finger contact (IP 2X).

Material:Sheet steel

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:

− 3 front covers − 2 depth covers − 2 side covers − Connector parts

Note:− SV-TS 8 enclosures, − NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors,

For enclosures Free installation width mm1)

when using longitudinal connectors Packs of Model No. SVWidth mm Height mm Depth mm without one side both sides

600 2000 600 500 450 400 1 set 9660.460

800 2000 600 700 650 600 1 set 9660.470

1000 2000 600 900 850 800 1 set 9660.480

1200 2000 600 1100 1050 1000 1 set 9660.490

Also required

Mounting bracket2) 24 9660.090Accessories

Blanking cover for NH slimline disconnectors

Size 00 4 9660.180Sizes 1 – 3 4 9660.190

1) When using the top-mounted busbars SV 9649.160/SV 9659.160 Longitudinal connectors SV 9640.191/SV 9650.191 for Maxi-PLS busbars

2) 2 mounting brackets are required to attach the contact hazard protection cover plates.

C

C

Ri4Power Form 2-460

Page 61: Power distribution solutions

Cover system accessoriesForm 1

Mounting brackets For attaching the device modules and cover plates for contact hazard protection. Tapped hole M6.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly screws.

Packs of Model No. SV

24 9660.090

4015

Blanking coverTo cover free NH slimline fuse-switch disconnec-tor slots.

Material:Sheet steel, spray-finished

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:Assembly screws.

For NH size Width (B) mm Packs of Model No. SV

00 49.5 4 9660.180

1 to 3 99.5 4 9660.190

57960

0

B

Ri4Power Form 2-4 61

Page 62: Power distribution solutions

Rail system

Ri4Power accessories

System attachments for RiLine60 main busbar systemSystem attachment with threaded holes M5 and M6 on a 50 mm pitch pattern for rear assembly of a RiLine60 main busbar system. For locating into the TS frame.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Note:RiLine60 busbar systems

For enclosure widthmm

Width mm

Height mm

Packs of

Model No. SV

300 238.5 362 1 9674.003

400 338.5 362 1 9674.004

600 538.5 362 1 9674.006

800 738.5 362 1 9674.008

Distribution busbars Prepared for the connection of T-connector kits.

Material:E-Cu

Flat bar Cu 30 x 10 mm

For distribution busbar systems behind the compartment

For distribution busbar system in the compartment (indoors)

Packs of Length mm

Model No. SVFor enclosure height

mm1800 – 1 1210 9675.218

2000 – 1 1410 9675.210

2200 18001) 1 1610 9675.212

– 20001) 1 1810 9675.2201) Also suitable as a vertical busbar for PE/PEN/N.

PLS 1600

For distribution busbar systems behind the compartment

For distribution busbar system in the compartment (indoors)

Packs of Length mm

Model No. SVFor enclosure height

mm1800 – 1 1150 9675.238

2000 – 1 1350 9675.230

2200 18001) 1 1550 9675.232

– 20001) 1 1750 9675.240

– 22001) 1 1950 9675.2421) Also suitable as a vertical busbar for PE/PEN/N.

Ri4Power Form 2-462

Page 63: Power distribution solutions

Rail system

Ri4Power accessories

Spacer rolls for Maxi-PLS busbars and flat copper bars For use as a universal spacer. Height: 20 mm, hole diameter: 13 mm

Material:E-Cu

Diameter (D) mm

For connecting

Packs of

Model No. SV

Cu bar – Cu bar Maxi-PLS – Cu bar Flat-PLS – Cu barCross-section

size mm2

Max. rated current A

Contact area mm2

Max. rated current A

Contact area mm2

Max. rated current A

30 550 1100 360 800 380 850 4 9676.503

40 1100 2200 780 1600 670 1400 4 9676.504

50 1800 3400 1380 2800 990 2000 4 9676.505

T-connector kits for RiLine60 busbar systems For connecting horizontal main busbar systems to vertical distribution busbar systems.

Material:E-Cu

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Also required:

Distribution busbars

Main busbar system Distribution busbar system 3-pole 4-pole Packs of Model No. SV

Behind the compartment

PLS 1600 Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.130

Cu 30 x 10/5 mm Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.133

PLS 1600 PLS 1600 – 1 set 9675.136

PLS 1600 Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.140

Cu 30 x 10/5 mm Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.143

PLS 1600 PLS 1600 – 1 set 9675.146

Inside the compartment

PLS 1600/Cu 30 x 10/5 mm Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.1531)

PLS 1600 PLS 1600 – 1 set 9675.1561)

PLS 1600/Cu 30 x 10/5 mm Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.1631)

PLS 1600 PLS 1600 – 1 set 9675.1661)

1) Only suitable for enclosure depth 600 mm.

20D

13

Ri4Power Form 2-4 63

Page 64: Power distribution solutions

Front trim panels for switch-disconnector-fuse section The front trim panels cover above and below the mounting area of the NH switch-disconnector fuse on the front. With integral vent openings, protection categories IP 3X/IP 2X of the switch-disconnector-fuse sec-tion are achieved.

Material:Sheet steel, 2 mm

Colour:Textured RAL 7035

Supply includes:− 2 front trim panels − Assembly parts

Also required:

Assembly kit for switch-disconnector-fuse section

Front trim panels height

mm Packs of

Model No. SV

Design

Top Bottom IP 3X With ventilation hole

336 136 1 set 9674.340

186 336 1 set 9674.3421) For IP 2X the inner perforated plate must be removed.

1)

Assembly kit for switch-disconnector-fuse section Assembly kit for installing switch-disconnector-fuse brands ABB or Jean Müller and attaching the distribution busbar system.

Material:− Section corner piece left/right, sheet steel,

zinc-plated, 2 mm − Trim panel left/right, sheet steel, 2 mm,

spray-finished

Colour:Textured RAL 7035

Supply includes:− 2 section corner pieces − 2 trim panels − Incl. assembly parts

Also required:

Divider panel for switch-disconnector-fuse section

For switch-disconnector-

fuse brand

For enclosure

height mm

Packs of

Model No. SV

Jean Müller SASIL 2000 1 set 9674.350

Jean Müller SASIL 2200 1 set 9674.352

ABB SlimLine 2000 1 set 9674.356

ABB SlimLine 2200 1 set 9674.358

Switch-disconnector-fuse section

Ri4Power accessories

Divider panel for switch-disconnector-fuse section The divider panel is required for interior configura-tion of the switch-disconnector-fuse section, and divides the connection space from the functional space. Depending on the chosen position of the main busbar system, the divider panel is fitted in the prepared switch-disconnector-fuse enclo-sures. The prepared cut-outs are suitable for the connec-tion of Jean Müller Sasil and ABB SlimLine switch-disconnector fuses.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

For main busbar system in the roof section

For main busbar system in the rear section, top or bottom

For enclosure height mm

For enclosure depth mm

Packs of

Model No. SV

2000 600 1 9674.306

2000 800 1 9674.308

2200 600 1 9674.326

2200 800 1 9674.328

For enclosure height mm

For enclosure depth mm

Packs of

Model No. SV

2000 600 1 9674.305

2000 800 1 9674.307

2200 600 1 9674.325

2200 800 1 9674.327

Ri4Power Form 2-464

Page 65: Power distribution solutions

Switch-disconnector-fuse section

Ri4Power accessories

Dividing plate for switch-disconnector-fuse section Dividing plate to divide the busbar chamber and NH switch-disconnector-fuse chamber (compart-ment).

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Also required:

Assembly kit for switch-disconnector-fuse section

For switch-disconnector-fuse brand

Mounting position

Packs of

Model No. SV

Jean Müller SASIL top/bottom 1 9674.346

ABB SlimLine top/bottom 1 9674.348

Contact hazard protection cover for switch-disconnector-fuse section (cable chamber) The contact hazard protection cover plate shields the main busbar in the cable chamber, enabling the safe connection of cables and lines. Suitable for Maxi-PLS and Flat-PLS busbar systems.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

For main busbar system in the roof section

For main busbar system in the rear section, top or bottom

Also required:

Divider panel for switch-disconnector-fuse section

For enclosure width mm

For enclosure depth mm

Packs of

Model No. SV

1000 600 1 set 9674.362

1000 800 1 set 9674.364

1200 600 1 set 9674.366

1200 800 1 set 9674.368

For enclosure width mm

Packs of

Model No. SV

1000 1 set 9674.372

1200 1 set 9674.376

Ri4Power Form 2-4 65

Page 66: Power distribution solutions

Distribution busbar coverfor Jean Müller switch-disconnector-fuse section To cover the distribution busbar system of a switch-disconnector-fuse section, designed to accommodate Jean Müller devices. The 150 mm high busbar and cable connection space covers shield the busbar compartment from the func-tional space so that it is safe from finger contact, with a protection category of IP 20.

Material:PVC, black

Supply includes:Busbar cover and cable connection space cover for enclosure height 2000 mm and 2200 mm.

Also required:

Punched rail cover, distribution busbar

Packs of Model No. SV

1 set 9674.380

Punched rail for distribution busbar coverfor Jean Müller switch-disconnector-fuse section Required for mounting the distribution busbar cover. Suitable for use in enclosures with height 2000 mm and 2200 mm.

Material:Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated

Supply includes:2 punched rails.

Note:For 1 switch-disconnector-fuse section, 1 pack of punched rails is required.

Packs of Model No. SV

1 set 9674.381

Distribution busbar coverfor ABB/Siemens switch-disconnector-fuse section To cover the distribution busbar system of a switch-disconnector-fuse section, designed to

(SlimLine) or Siemens (3NJ62)accommodate ABB

devices. The 200 mm high busbar compartment covers shield the busbar compartment from the func-tional space so that it is safe from finger contact, with a protection category of IP 20.

Material:PVC, black

Note:The distribution busbar cover for switch-discon-nector-fuse sections from ABB/Siemens may be ordered from ABB under order number NHP 407062R000X. For enclosure height 2000 mm, a height of 1500 mm should be covered, and for enclosure height 2200 mm, a height of 1700 mm should be covered.

Switch-disconnector-fuse section

Ri4Power accessories

Ri4Power Form 2-466

Page 67: Power distribution solutions

Busbar support for switch-disconnector-fuse section Busbar support for the distribution busbar system of the switch-disconnector-fuse section.

Material:Fibreglass-reinforced plastic

Supply includes:Mounting bracket and screws.

Also required:

− sectionAssembly kit for switch-disconnector-fuse

− sectionEnd support for switch-disconnector-fuse

− switch-disconnector-fuse

Distribution busbar for section

For busbars mm

Number of poles Packs of Model No.

SV

50 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.415

60 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.416

80 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.418

100 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.410

End support for switch-disconnector-fuse section End support for the distribution busbar system of the switch-disconnector-fuse section, for vertical support of the distribution busbar system with infeed from above.

Material:Fibreglass-reinforced plastic

Supply includes:Mounting bracket and screws.

Also required:

− sectionAssembly kit for switch-disconnector-fuse − switch-disconnector-fuse

Distribution busbar for section

For busbars mm

Number of poles Packs of Model No.

SV

50 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.435

60 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.436

80 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.438

100 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.430

Distributor busbar for switch-disconnector-fuse section Distribution busbar to fit the main busbar systems Maxi-PLS and Flat-PLS for installation in the switch-disconnector-fuse sections.

Material:E-Cu

Also required:

− Busbar support for switch-disconnector-fuse section

− End support for switch-disconnector-fuse section

− Terminal block, distribution busbar

For enclosure height 2000 mm

Size mm Length mm Packs of Model No. SV

50 x 10 1632.5 1 9674.405

60 x 10 1632.5 1 9674.406

80 x 10 1632.5 1 9674.408

100 x 10 1632.5 1 9674.400

For enclosure height 2200 mm

Size mm Length mm Packs of Model No. SV

50 x 10 1832.5 1 9674.425

60 x 10 1832.5 1 9674.426

80 x 10 1832.5 1 9674.428

100 x 10 1832.5 1 9674.420

Switch-disconnector-fuse section

Ri4Power accessories

Ri4Power Form 2-4 67

Page 68: Power distribution solutions

Switch-disconnector-fuse section

Ri4Power accessories

Connection bracket for switch-disconnector-fuse section For connecting Maxi-PLS or Flat-PLS main bus-bar systems to distributor busbar systems of the switch-disconnector-fuse sections, no drilling required.

Material:E-Cu

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Also required:

− Maxi-PLS contact makers, 60 mm

− Flat-PLS contact makers, 60 mm

− Terminal block, distribution busbar

For enclosure depth 600 mm

For system For application For conductor Packs of Model No. SV

Flat-PLS 60 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.451

Flat-PLS 60 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.452

Flat-PLS 100 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.455

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.441

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.442

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Rear section top/bottom L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.461

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Rear section top/bottom N 1 set 9674.462

Maxi-PLS 3200 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.445

For enclosure depth 800 mm

For system For application For conductor Packs of Model No. SV

Flat-PLS 60 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.453

Flat-PLS 60 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.454

Flat-PLS 60 Rear section top/bottom L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.473

Flat-PLS 60 Rear section top/bottom N 1 set 9674.474

Flat-PLS 100 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.457

Flat-PLS 100 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.458

Flat-PLS 100 Rear section top/bottom L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.477

Flat-PLS 100 Rear section top/bottom N 1 set 9674.478

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.443

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.444

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Rear section top/bottom L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.463

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Rear section top/bottom N 1 set 9674.464

Maxi-PLS 3200 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.447

Maxi-PLS 3200 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.448

Maxi-PLS 3200 Rear section top/bottom L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.467

Maxi-PLS 3200 Rear section top/bottom N 1 set 9674.468

Terminal block, distribution busbarfor switch-disconnector-fuse section For connecting the connection brackets to the distribution busbar system of the switch-discon-nector-fuse section, no drilling required.

Material:E-Cu

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Also required:

− Connection bracket for switch-disconnector-fuse section

− Distribution busbar for switch-disconnector-fuse section

For bar width mm Packs of Model No. SV

50/60 1 9674.485

80/100 1 9674.488

Ri4Power Form 2-468

Page 69: Power distribution solutions

Documentation

Ri4Power accessories

Tightening torques for Flat-PLS busbar systems There is separate documentation available con-taining all the requisite torque information for the configuration of Ri4Power systems with the Flat-PLS busbar system. Organised according to item numbers, information is provided on screws, screw drive and rated torque.

This documentation is available for downloading at the Rittal website www.rittal.com under “Down-load brochures”. Alternatively, a printed copy may be ordered quoting the following item number.

Packs of Model No. SV

1 9676.001

Assembly instructions for Ri4Power low-voltage switchgearfor Form 1-4, with Flat-PLS, Maxi-PLS and RiLine60 These assembly instructions explain the configu-ration of type-tested Ri4Power field types and possible busbar systems, divided into 3 sections. The first section explains the assembly sequence for the individual stages of the possible field types in diagrammatic form. The second section provides detailed assembly instructions using diagrams and data tables. The final section explains the installation of optional accessories and general work operations.

This documentation is available for downloading at the Rittal website www.rittal.com under “Down-load brochures”. Alternatively, a printed copy may be ordered quoting the following item number.

Packs of Model No. SV

1 9676.000

Engineering support for project handlingFor individual project handling, Rittal offers an extra service with specially trained expert advi-sors and technical support staff for the genera-tion of quotes, technical order handling, and after-sales service.

Following technical coordination, individual low-voltage switchgear may be configured. On request, we can supply you with assembly draw-ings and bill of material to match your project. As a planner, you have the option of requesting a tender text for your project based on Power Engineering project planning.

During the execution of your plant, our expert advisors can also provide technical support with the assembly and execution.

For initial contact with our engineering support team, please contact your local expert advisor. He or she will make a note of your request and forward it to our technical team. Further informa-tion is available at www.rittal.com.

Ri4Power Form 2-4 69

Page 70: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-470

Page 71: Power distribution solutions

*Mini-PLS busbar system (40 mm)Busbar support

Special busbars E-Cu

Contact hazard protection

Busbar connection adaptor

Bus-mounting fuse base

NH fuse-switch disconnector, size 000

Component adaptor 12 A/25 A

Component adaptor 40 A/100 A

Allocation of switchgear

*Available on request

RiLine60 busbar system (60 mm) Page

Flat copper bar system ......................................................................76

PLS busbar support...........................................................................78

Busbar connection adaptor................................................................80

OM adaptors 25 A to 65 A/OM supports............................................83

Circuit-breaker component adaptors 100 A to 630.............................88

Allocation of switchgear.....................................................................88

Bus-mounting fuse bases ..................................................................91

NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 000 ............................................95

NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 ..............................................97

NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1 ................................................99

NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 2...............................................101

NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 3 ................................................03

NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 ...............................105

NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1/size 2/size 3.............106

Fuse holder up to 60/400 A..............................................................107

RiLine accessories...........................................................................109

Baying Systems TS 8

Ri4Power Form 2-4 71

Page 72: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-472

Page 73: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-4 73

Page 74: Power distribution solutions

SV-TS 8 Enclosures, for Rittal Riline 60 Applications (Depth 600 mm)1

11

1) With full height mounting plate. Cable entry grommets. In exchange for the TS standard roof.4) For use only during installation of the Maxi-PLS system in the rear area

2) 3)

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:- Enclosure frame:

Dipcoat-primed - Door(s), roof

Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint

- Gland plates: Zinc-plated

Colour:RAL 7035

Protection category:Up to IP 54, depending on the panels.

Supply includes:- Enclosure frame with door(s),

3 mm double-bit lock insert - Roof cover

- TS punched section with mounting flange.

Testing: - Design certificate to IEC 61 439-1/-2 IEC 61 641

Detailed drawings/Technical information:

Available on the Internet.Photo shows a configuration example with equipment notincluded in the scope of supply.

- One full height mounting plate with depth rail support

- 3 mm gland plate coverBottom

Baying Systems TS 8

SU 600 800 1000 12002000 2000 2000 2000600 600 600 600

1 St. 1)9792.477 9792.4891) 1)9792.501 1)9792.509

8606.500 8806.500 8006.500 8206.5001 1 2 2

76.0 92.6 113.7 137.6

Width mm

Height mm

Depth mm

No. SV

Technical data correspond No. TS

Door (s)

Weight (kg)

Without Mounting plate

Base

Elements front and rearHeight 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200

Trim sideHeight 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060

Flex-BlockLeveling element for socketAccessories

Cable clamp rails 2 St. 4191.000 4192.000 4336.00 4196.000

Cable entry plates 2)

2 St. 8800.060 8800.080 – – 4 St. – – 8800.10 8800.120

Side walls 2 St. 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235

Side panels 3)

for protection / versionIP 43/ ventilated 1 St. 9671.766 9671.786 – –IP 2X/ ventilated 1 St. 9660.235 9660.245 9660.255 9660.265

Gland plates for roofing sheets 3) 1 St. 9665.903 9671.586 – –

Roof plates with pressure relief valve3) 1 St. 9660.935 9660.945 9660.955 9660.965Protective cover forNH-fuse switch disconnectors 4)

1 set 9660.460 9660.470 9660.480 9660.490

Bracket 24 St. 9660.090 9660.090 9660.090 9660.090Blanking coverAlternative lock systemsEnclosure configurationCompartment configuration

Ri4Power Form 2-474

Page 75: Power distribution solutions

SV-TS 8 Enclosures, for Rittal RiLine 60 Applications (Depth 800 mm)1

Without mounting plate

Width mm SU 600 800 1200Height mm 2000 2000 2000Depth mm 800 800 800No. SV 1 St. 9792.4781) 1)9792.490 1)9792.510

Technical data correspond No 8608.500 8808.500 8208.500Door (s) 1 1 2Weight (kg) 83.0 99.1 146.0

Accessories

Cable clamp rails 2 St. 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000

Cable entry plates 2)

2 St. 8800.060 8800.080 – 4 St. – – 8800.120

Side walls 2 St. 8108.235 8108.235 8108.235

Roof plates3)

for protection / versionIP 43/ ventilated 1 St. 9671.768 9671.788 –IP 2X/ ventilated 1 St. 9659.525 9659.535 9659.555

Gland plates for roofing sheets 3) 1 St. 9671.568 9671.588 –

Roof plates with pressure relief valve3) 1 St. 9671.468 9671.488 –

Base

Elements front and rearHeight 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200

Trim sideHeight 100 mm 1 set 8601.080 8601.080 8601.080Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080

Flex-BlockLeveling element for socket

Bracket 24 St. 9660.090 9660.090 9660.090Blind platesAlternative closure systemsEquipment cabinetFunction room setup

1) 2) 3) Mounting plate. Cable entry grommets. In Exchange for the TS Standard roof.With full height

Protective cover forNH-fuse switch disconnectors

1 St. 9671.468 9671.488 –

Baying Systems TS 8

Ri4Power Form 2-4 75

Page 76: Power distribution solutions

Flat copper bar system

Busbar support

No. of poles/bar centre distance Packs of 3-pole/60 mm 4-pole/60 mm External attachment

– – – – Internal attachment –

For busbars mm 12 x 5/10

– 15 x 5 – 25 x 10, 30 x 5

– 30 x 10

Approvals – –

Model No. SV 4 9340.010 9340.000 9340.050 9340.004 9342.014

Also required

Spacer when using busbars 12 x 5/10 mm

– – Model No. SV 12 9340.090 9340.090 – 9340.090 –

30 x 10 PLUS

RiLine60 busbar systems up to 800 A (60 mm)

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:The use of a base tray is required for UL applications.

Short-circuit resistance diagrams:

Available on the Internet.

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

Ri4Power Form 2-476

Page 77: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60 busbar systems up to 800 A (60 mm)

Flat copper bar system Busbar support

No. of poles/bar centre distance Packs of 3-pole/60 mm 4-pole/60 mm

Model No. SV 4 9340.010 9340.000 9340.050 9340.004 9342.014Also required

Spacer when using busbars 12 x 5/10 mm

– – Model No. SV 12 9340.090 9340.090 – 9340.090 –

Contact hazard protection

Components Length mm Approvals Packs

of Model No. SV Model No. SV

End cover – 2 9340.070 9340.070 9340.070 9340.074 9342.074

Base tray

500 2 – 9340.100 9340.100 – –700 2 – 9340.110 9340.110 – –900 2 – 9340.120 9340.120 – –1100 2 – 9340.130 9340.130 9340.134 9342.1342400 – 1 – 9340.170 – – –

Base tray infill 100 2 – 9340.140 9340.140 – –

Cover section

700 2 – 9340.200 9340.200 – –1100 2 – 9340.210 9340.210 9340.214 9340.214

Support panel – 5 – 9340.220 9340.220 9340.224 9340.224

Cross members 160 – 2 – – 9340.230 – –

Busbars E-Cu; length: 2400 mm/bar

Dimensions mm

Max. rated current acc. to Approvals Packs

of Model No. SV Model No. SV DIN EN UL 508

12 x 5 210 A – 6 3580.000 3580.000 3580.000 3580.000 – 12 x 10 340 A – 6 3580.100 3580.100 3580.100 3580.100 – 15 x 5 260 A 175 A 6 3581.000 3581.000 3581.000 3581.000 – 15 x 10 360 A 350 A 6 3581.100 3581.100 3581.100 3581.100 – 20 x 5 319 A 230 A 6 3582.000 3582.000 3582.000 3582.000 – 20 x 10 497 A 465 A 6 3585.000 3585.000 3585.000 3585.000 – 25 x 5 384 A 290 A 6 3583.000 3583.000 3583.000 3583.000 – 30 x 5 447 A 350 A 6 3584.0001) 3584.0001) 3584.0001) 3584.0001) – 30 x 10 800 A 700 A 6 3586.0001) 3586.0001) 3586.0001) 3586.0001) 3586.0001)

Accessories

Components For busbars mm Approvals Packs

of Model No. SV Model No. SV

Busbar connectors for single connection 12 x 5 – 15 x 10 3 9350.075 9350.075 9350.075 9350.075 –20 x 5 – 30 x 10 3 9320.020 9320.020 9320.020 9320.020 9320.020

Busbar connectors for baying connection2) 20 x 5 – 30 x 10 3 9320.030 9320.030 9320.030 9320.030 9320.030

Busbar cover section Length: 1000 mm/section

12 x 5 – 30 x 10 10 3092.000 3092.000 3092.000 3092.000 3092.00012/15 x 5 4 9350.010 9350.010 9350.010 9350.010 9350.01012/15 x 10 4 9350.060 9350.060 9350.060 9350.060 9350.060

1) To order the tin-plated version, please add extension . 200 to the Model No. Delivery times available on request. 2) Connection from enclosure to enclosure (TS 8)

30 x 10 PLUS

A E DF

B

C

A

B

C

D

E

F

Ri4Power Form 2-4 77

Page 78: Power distribution solutions

PLS busbar support

Busbar support

For Rittal system Packs of PLS 800 PLS 1600

No. of poles/bar centre distance 3-pole/60 mm 3-pole/60 mm 4-pole/60 mm

Internal attachment

Busbar support, suitable for top mounting

Approvals –

Model No. SV 4 9341.000 9341.050 9342.000 9342.050 9342.004

PLS 1600 PLUS

RiLine60 busbar systems up to 800 A/1600 (60 mm)

Material:- Polyamide (PA 6.6). - Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:The use of a base tray is required for UL applications.

Short-circuit resistance diagrams:

Available on the Internet.

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

Ri4Power Form 2-478

Page 79: Power distribution solutions

PLS busbar support Busbar support

For Rittal system Packs of PLS 800 PLS 1600

No. of poles/bar centre distance 3-pole/60 mm 3-pole/60 mm 4-pole/60 mm

Model No. SV 4 9341.000 9341.050 9342.000 9342.050 9342.004

Contact hazard protection

Components Length mm Approvals Packs of Model No. SV Model No. SV

End cover – 2 9341.070 9341.070 9342.070 9342.070 9342.074

Base tray

500 2 9341.100 9341.100 9342.100 9342.100 –700 2 9341.110 9341.110 9342.110 9342.110 –900 2 9341.120 9341.120 9342.120 9342.120 –

1100 2 9341.130 9341.130 9342.130 9342.130 9342.1342400 – 1 9341.170 – 9342.170 – –

Base tray infill 100 2 9341.140 9341.140 9342.140 9342.140 –

Cover section

700 2 9340.200 9340.200 9340.200 9340.200 –1100 2 9340.210 9340.210 9340.210 9340.210 9340.214

Support panel – 5 9340.220 9340.220 9340.220 9340.220 9340.224 Cross members

160 – 2 – 9340.230 – 9340.230 –

PLS special busbars E-Cu1)

Design Packs of PLS 800 PLS 1600

Bar cross-section 300 mm2 900 mm2 Bar thickness 5 mm 10 mm

Max. rated current acc. to

DIN EN 800 A 1600 AUL 508 700 A 1400 A

Length mm For enclosure width mm Approvals Model No. SV Model No. SV

495 600 3 3524.000 3527.000695 800 3 3525.000 3528.000895 1000 3 3525.010 3528.0101095 1200 3 3526.000 3529.0002400 variable 1 3509.000 3516.000

Accessories

Components Approvals Packs of Model No. SV Model No. SV

PLS busbar connectors Single connection 3 3504.000 3514.000Baying connection2) 3 3505.000 3515.000

PLS expansion connectors3) 3 9320.060 9320.0701) To order the tin-plated version of the busbars, please add extension .2X0 to the Model No. Delivery times available on request.

2) Connection from enclosure to enclosure (TS 8) 3) Two PLS busbar connectors (single connection) are required to fit one expansion connector.

PLS 1600 PLUS

A E DF

B

C

A

B

C

D

E

F

RiLine60 busbar systems up to 800 A/1600 (60 mm)

Ri4Power Form 2-4 79

Page 80: Power distribution solutions

9342.220

RiLine60 connection system

Ri4Power Form 2-480

Page 81: Power distribution solutions

Laminated copper bars –

Laminated copper bars –

Ri4Power Form 2-4 81

Page 82: Power distribution solutions

Cable outlet top and bottomthe connection of round conductors …

... and laminated copper bars

RiLine60 connection system, 3-pole

Connection spectrum from 2.5 – 300 mm2

Depending on the adaptor designs, round connectors may be connected directly with wire end ferrules or ring terminals.

Connection of laminated copper bars; no drilling requiredClamping areas from 10 x 7.8 to 65 x 27 mm.

Simple connection and contacting with just one screw.

The right solution to suit every application User-friendly connection system for round conductors and laminated copper bars.

Examples of the RiLine60 connection system, 3-pole

Cable outlet at the bottom Combined clamping prisms for

Ri4Power Form 2-482

Page 83: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60 component adaptor

Design

Ri4Power Form 2-4 83

see page121

see page 86see page 120

Page 84: Power distribution solutions

OM adaptors 40 A/65 A with connection cables (3-pole)

RiLine60 component adaptor

Design

Rated current up to Packs of 40 A 40 A 40 A 65 A 65 A 65 A 65 A

Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~

Connection cables1)

Design AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 6 AWG 6 AWG 6 AWG 6Length mm 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

WithSupport frame mm 55 x 170 55 x 237 – – 55 x 170 55 x 237 –Support frame support –

– – –

–Insert strips – –

– – –

Support railsQty. 1 2 2 1 1 2 1Height mm 10 10 7.5 10 10 10 7.5

Design of support rails TS 55D TS 55D TS 55D-V2)

Metal TS 55E TS 55E TS 55D TS 55D-V2)

Metal

Width mm 55 55 75 55 55 55 75 Height mm 208 272 208 208 208 272 208 Approvals

For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 Model No. SV 1 9340.720 9340.730 9340.710 9340.4103)

9340.4303)

9340.4503)

9340.7003)

Accessories

OM supportInsert strip, support railsConnection pin, support frame, PinBlock for support frame, PinBlock PLUS

1) AWG = American Wire GaugesAWG 8 = 8.37 mm2 10 mm2 AWG 6 = 13.3 mm2 16 mm2

2) Support rail with special latch is secured from behind with the support frame loosened. 3) According to a heat dissipation test to IEC 60 439-1, a current carrying capacity of up to 80 A is supported.

Ri4Power Form 2-484

Page 85: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60 component adaptor

OM adaptors 32 A with tension spring clamp/OM Premium adaptors 25 A (3-pole)

Design

Premium adaptor

Rated current up to Packs of 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 25 A 25 A 25 A

Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~Connection of round conductors mm2 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 4 1.5 – 4 1.5 – 4

With

Support frame mm – – 45 x 170 45 x 170 45 x 237 55 x 170 45 x 170 55 x 170 45 x 237 Support frame support – – – –

– – –

PinBlock – – –

– – – –

Connector outlet – – – – – – 1)

1)

2)

Support rails

Qty. 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1Height mm 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Design of support rails TS 45C TS 45D TS 45C TS 45C TS 45D TS 45D-V3)

TS 55D TS 45D TS 45D-V3)

TS 55D TS 55D-V3)

TS 45C

Width mm 45 45 45 45 45 55 45 55 45 Height mm 208 208 208 208 272 208 208 208 292 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 Model No. SV 1 9340.510 9340.520 9340.530 9340.550 9340.560 9340.660 9340.910 9340.930 9340.900

Accessories

Cable setAWG 14 15 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 AWG 12 15 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860AWG 10 15 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 – – –

OM supportInsert strip, support railsConnection pin, support frame, PinBlock for support frame, PinBlock PLUS, ST combination connector

1) Supply includes: Connector with connection facility for 3 main contacts (1.5 – 4 mm2).2) Supply includes: Sub-unit with connection facility for 3 main contacts (1.5 – 4 mm2) and 8 auxiliary contacts (0.5 – 2.5 mm2) including connectors.3) The support rail with special latch is attached from the rear with the support frame loosened.

Ri4Power Form 2-4 85

see page 86see page 120

see page 121

Page 86: Power distribution solutions

OM adaptors 65 A with tension spring clamp (3-pole)

RiLine60 component adaptor

AWG 12 15 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860

AWG 8 6 9340.880 9340.880 9340.880 9340.880 AWG 6 6 9340.890 9340.890 9340.890 9340.890

Twin cords AWG 10 6 9340.820 9340.820 9340.820 9340.820

Design

Rated current up to Packs of 65 A 65 A 65 A 65 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~Connection of round conductors mm2 2.5 – 16 2.5 – 16 2.5 – 16 2.5 – 16

WithSupport frame mm – – 55 x 170 55 x 237 Support frame support – – –

Support rails Qty. 1 2 1 2 Height mm 10 10 10 10

Design of support rails TS 55E TS 55ETS 55D TS 55E TS 55D

TS 55D-V1)

Width mm 55 55 55 55 Height mm 208 208 208 272 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60 60For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 Model No. SV 1 9340.6102)

9340.6202)

9340.6302)

9340.6502)

Accessories

Cable set

AWG 14 15 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850

AWG 10 15 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870

Insert strip, support rails Connection pin, support frame, PinBlock for support frame, PinBlock PLUS

1) The support rail with special latch is attached from the rear with the support frame loosened. 2) According to a heat dissipation test to IEC 60 439-1, a current carrying capacity of up to 80 A is supported.

OM supports without contact system (3-pole)

Design

WithSupport frame mm Packs of 45 x 170 45 x 237 55 x 237 Support frame support –

PinBlock

– –

Support rails Qty. – 1 1Height mm – 10 10

Design of support rails – TS 45D TS 55D-V1)

Approvals

Width mm 45 45 55 Height mm 208 272 272 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 Model No. SV 1 9340.260 9340.250 9340.270

Accessories

Insert strip, support railsConnection pin, support frame, PinBlock for support frame, PinBlock PLUS

1) The support rail with special latch is attached from the rear with the support frame loosened.

Ri4Power Form 2-486

Page 87: Power distribution solutions

OM support/OM adaptor 16 A/25 A/40 A with connection cables (3-pole)

Design

Type Packs of Supports Adaptor Adaptor Adaptor Adaptor Adaptor AdaptorRated current up to – 25 A 40 A 25 A 40 A 16 A 32 ARated operating voltage – 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~

Connection cables1) Design – AWG 12 AWG 8 AWG 12 AWG 8 AWG 12 AWG 10Length mm – 130 130 130 130 165 165

WithSupport frame mm – – – 2 x (45 x 170) – 45 x 237 45 x 237 PinBlock – – – – –

Support frame support – – – – –

Support railsQty. 2 2 2 3 1 1 1Height mm 10 10 10 10 15 10 10

Support rail version TS 45D TS 45D TS 55D TS 45D2 x TS 45D-V Metal TS 45D TS 45D

Width mm 45 45 55 90 55 45 45Height mm 208 208 208 208 208 272 272For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 Model No. SV 1 9340.300 9340.320 9340.740 9340.400 9340.750 9340.7602) 9340.7702)

1) AWG = American Wire GaugesAWG 12 = 3.31 mm2 4 mm2 AWG 10 = 5.26 mm2 6 mm2

AWG 8 = 8.37mm2 10 mm2. 2) OM adaptor with extended connection cables for switchgear with spring terminals, e.g. Siemens 3RV2011... and 3RV2021... (build size S00/S0).

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:Chassis: RAL 7035

Design of support rails: − TS XXD without anti-slip guard − TS XXD-V without anti-slip

guard, variable positioning on the support frame

RiLine60 component adaptor

Ri4Power Form 2-4 87

Page 88: Power distribution solutions

Circuit-breaker component adaptors 100 A/125 A/160 A (3-pole)

RiLine60 component adaptor

Material:- Polyamide (PA 6.6). - Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:Circuit-breaker component adaptor 125 to 630 AIncluding terminal cover and sliding blocks for switchgear attachment.

Note:The technical data given in the tables may vary for UL applica-tions.

Technical information: Available on the Internet.Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

Design

Rated current up to Packs of 100 A 125 A 160 A Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Type of connection Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal Connection of round conductors mm2 10 – 35 35 – 120 35 – 120 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 10 x 7.8 18.5 x 15.5 18.5 x 15.5

For switchgear make/model

ABB MS 497 S2, T1, T1 UL, T2, T2 UL S2, T1, T2Allen Bradley – 140-CMN 140-CMN Eaton PKZ21)

NZM1, NZM1 UL, BZM B1 NZM1, BZM B1GE – FD FD OEZ – BC160N BC160N

Schneider Electric GV3ME801)

NS80, NSC100, NSE75, NSE100 NS80, NSC100

Siemens S3 3RV13 53, 3VT1 3RV13 53, 3VT1Terasaki – E125, S125 E125, S125Universal application

1)

– – Width mm 72 90 90Height mm 210 225 215Approvals

– For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 Cable outlet2)

Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Model No. SV 1 9342.400 9342.410 9342.540 9342.550 9342.500 9342.510

Accessories

Support rail width 72 mm, height 15 mm 5 9320.120 – – Sliding blocks 6 – 9342.560 9342.560Connection bracket –

1) Mounting only possible with support rail SV 9320.120. 2) Switch outlet or outgoing cable.

Ri4Power Form 2-488

Page 89: Power distribution solutions

Circuit-breaker component adaptors 250 A/630 A (3-pole)

RiLine60 component adaptor

Design

Rated current up to Packs of 250 A 630 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ Type of connection Box terminal Screw terminal M10Connection of round conductors mm2 35 – 120 max. 1501)

Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 18.5 x 15.5 32 x 10

For switchgear make/model

ABB S3, T3, T44), T3 UL, T4 UL S5, T5, T5 ULAllen Bradley 140U-J 140U-L Eaton NZM2, NZM2 UL, BZM B2 NZM3, NZM3 ULGE FE –

Mitsubishi NF125-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW

NF400-SEW/HEW/REW, NF630-SEW/HEW/REW

OEZ BD250N, BD250S BH630N, BH630S

Schneider Electric NS(X)100, NS(X)160, NS(X)250, GV7, NSF150, NSF250

NS(X)400, NS(X)630, NSJ400, NSJ600

Siemens

VL150X UL, VL150 UL, VL250 UL, VL160X, VL160, VL250,

3RV10 63, 3RV13 63, 3RV13 64, 3VT24)

VL400, VL6302), VL400X UL, VL400 UL,

3VT3, 3V10 73, 3RV13 73, 3RV13 74

Terasaki L125, H125, S160, H160, L160, E250, L250, H250

E400, S400, H400, L400, E630, S630

Width mm 105 140 Height mm 240 324 Approvals

For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 Cable outlet3)

Top Bottom Top Bottom Model No. SV 1 9342.600 9342.610 9342.700 9342.710

Accessories

Insert strip 25 mm to extend the construction width from 140 mm to 190 mm

4 (1 set) – 9342.720

Sliding blocks 6 9342.640 – Connection bracket

1) With ring terminal. 2) Also required: Insert strip 25 mm (SV 9342.720). 3) Switch outlet or outgoing cable. 4) The top attachment bars on the circuit-breaker component adaptor must be removed.

Ri4Power Form 2-4 89

Page 90: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60 component adaptor

Circuit-breaker component adaptors 160 A/250 A (4-pole)

Design

Rated current up to Packs of 160 A 250 A Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ Type of connection Box terminal Box terminal Connection of round conductors mm2 35 – 120 35 – 120 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 18.5 x 15.5 18.5 x 15.5

For switchgear make/model

ABB T1 (160 A), T2 (160 A) T3S (250 A), T4V (315 A)Eaton NZM1-4 (125 A), BZM E1-4 (100 A) NZM2-4 (250 A)Schneider Electric NSC100 NS(X)100, NS(X)160, NS(X)250 Siemens – VL160X, VL160, VL250

Width mm 120 140 Height mm 277 310Approvals

For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 Cable outlet1)

Top Bottom Top Bottom Model No. SV 1 9342.504 9342.514 9342.604 9342.614

Accessories

Sliding blocks 6 9342.560 9342.560 9342.640 9342.6401) Switch outlet or outgoing cable.

To suit all commercially available circuit-breakers The sliding block concept of the circuit-breaker component adaptor supports the maximum variation

Cable outlet at the top Cable outlet at the bottom

Ri4Power Form 2-490

Page 91: Power distribution solutions

End capsfor bar system without base tray

End capsfor bar system with base tray

Packs of

Bus-mounting fuse bases (3-pole) Design Packs

of Clamping screw fastening Snap-on mounting

Fuse insertsD 02-E 18 (adaptor sleeve)

D II-E 27 (adaptor screw)

D III-E 33 (adaptor screw)

D 02-E 18 (adaptor sleeve)

D 02-E 18 (adaptor sleeve)

D II-E 27 (gauge

ring)

D II-E 27 (gauge

ring)

D III-E 33 (gauge

ring)

D III-E 33 (gauge

ring)Width mm 27 42 57 36 36 42 42 57 57 Rated current 63 A 25 A 63 A 63 A 63 A 25 A 25 A 63 A 63 ARated operating voltage 400 V~ 500 V~ 690 V~ 400 V~ 400 V~ 500 V~ 500 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~Terminal for round conductors 1) mm2 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5 10 5 10 5 10 Model No. SV 10 3418.000 3427.000 3433.000 3422.000 3423.000 3520.000 3521.000 3530.000 3531.000

Contact hazard protection

RiLine60 fuse elements

Material:Bus-mounting fuse base − Fibreglass-reinforced,

thermoplastic Polyester (PBT)− Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Contact hazard protection − Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:For the use of fuse inserts to DIN EN 60 269-3 (DIN VDE 0636-301).

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

3420.010 3429.010 3435.010 3425.010 3425.010 3429.010 3429.010 3435.010 3435.010

3419.000 3428.000 3434.000 3424.000 3424.000 3428.000 3428.000 3434.000 3434.000

3421.000 3430.000 3436.000 – – 3430.000 3430.000 3436.000 3436.000

3420.000 3429.000 3435.000 3425.000 3425.000 3429.000 3429.000 3435.000 3435.000

3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000

9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.0801) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine wire conductors.

100

10 10

10

10

10

Model No. SV Model No. SVDesign

Contact hazard protection cover

Extension cover

Side cover

Identification labels

Ri4Power Form 2-4 91

Page 92: Power distribution solutions

Circuit-breaker component adaptors 250 A/400 A/630 A (3-pole)

Design

Rated current up to Packs of 250 A 400 A 630 A Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~

For switchgear make/model

ABB S3, T3, T41), T3 UL, T4 UL – S5, T5, T5 ULAllen Bradley 140U-J – 140U-LEaton NZM2, NZM2 UL, BZM B2 NZM3, NZM3 UL (400 A) NZM3, NZM3 UL (630 A)GE FE 250 – –

Mitsubishi NF125-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW NF400-SEW/HEW/REW NF630-SEW/HEW/REW3)

OEZ BD250N, BD250S – BH630N, BH630S

Schneider ElectricNS(X)100, NS(X)160,

NS(X)250, GV7, NSF150, NSF250

NS(X)400, NSJ400 NS(X)6303), NSJ600

Siemens

VL150 UL, VL150X UL, VL160, VL160X,

VL250, VL250 UL, 3RV10 63, 3RV13 63,

3RV13 64, 3VT21)

VL400, VL400X UL, VL400 UL

VL6304), 3VT3, 3V10 73, 3RV13 73, 3RV13 74

Terasaki L125, H125, S160, H160, L160, E250, L250, H250 E400, S400, H400, L400 E630, S6303)

Width mm 105 140 140Height mm 240 240 240For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 Cable outlet2) Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Model No. SV 1 9345.600 9345.610 9345.720 9345.730 9345.700 9345.710

Accessories

Insert strip 25 mm to extend the construction width from 140 mm to 190 mm

4 (1 set) – 9342.720 9342.720

Sliding blocks 6 9342.640 – – 1) The top mounting bars on the circuit-breaker component adaptor must be removed. 2) Switch outlet or outgoing cable.3) 400 A version may be used. 4) Also required: Insert strip 25 mm (SV 9342.720).

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:Flexibly pre-configured lami-nated copper connection bars and sliding blocks for switch-gear attachment.

RiLine60 component adaptor

Ri4Power Form 2-492

Page 93: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60 component adaptor

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:− Component adaptor 250 A:

Flexibly pre-configured lami-nated copper connection bars and sliding blocks for switch-gear attachment.

− Component adaptor 500 A: Connection parts

Circuit-breaker component adaptors 250 A/500 A (4-pole)

Design

Rated current up to Packs of 250 A 500 A 500 A 500 A 500 A

Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~

For switchgear make/model

ABB T3S (250 A), T4V (315 A) Tmax T5 – – – Eaton NZM2-4 (250 A) – – NZM3-4-XKR130 –

Schneider Electric NS(X)100, NS(X)160, NS(X) 250 – NS(X)400,

NS(X)630 – –

Siemens VL160X, VL160, VL250 – – – 3VL400Width mm 140 185 185 185 185Height mm 310 300 300 300 300For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60 60 60

For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 Cable outlet1) Top Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom BottomModel No. SV 1 9345.604 9345.614 9345.704 9345.714 9345.724 9345.734

Accessories

Sliding blocks 6 9342.640 – – – –1) Switch outlet or outgoing cable.

Ri4Power Form 2-4 93

Page 94: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-494

RiLine60 fuse elements

Bus-mounting fuse base D-Switch (3-pole) Design Packs of Snap-on mounting

Fuse inserts D 011) D 022)

10 x 38 mm1)

Rated operating current 63 A Rated operating voltage 400 V~Terminal for round conductors 3) mm2 1.5 – 25 Min. voltage, indicator light 100 – 400 V~Width mm 27Height mm 226For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60For bar thickness mm 5/10Model No. SV 3 9340.950

1) When using D01 and 10 x 38 mm fuses, reducing retaining springs must be used. Use of D 01 fuses optionally possible with adaptor sleeve for D 02 base/plinths.

2) With Neozed adaptor sleeves for D 02. 3) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine wire conductors.

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:− Chassis: RAL 7035

Basis of test: IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 Supply includes:Reducing retaining springs for D01 and 10 x 38 mm fuses.

Note:− For the use of fuse inserts

to DIN EN 60 269-3 (DIN VDE 0636-301).

− With integral visual fuse moni-toring via flashing indicator and operating status display.

Technical information: Available on the Internet.Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

− RAL 7001Fuse holder :

Page 95: Power distribution solutions

NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 000 (3-pole) Rated operating current Packs ofRated operating voltageCable outletType of connectionConnection of round conductors mm2 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm Width mmHeight mmFor construction typeModel No. SV 1 Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting SV 3431.000 on bar systems Connection cables mm2 Width mmHeight mmFor bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60For bar thickness mmModel No. SV 1Accessories

Micro-switch 5

100 A 690 V~

top/bottomTerminal1.5 – 5010 x 10

89141.5

Mounting plate configuration3431.000

3590

230

5 109320.040 9320.050

RiLine NH fuse elements

Material:NH fuse-switch disconnector− Fibreglass-reinforced

polyamide − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0− Contact tracks:

Silver-plated hard copper Busbar adaptor − Fibreglass-reinforced,

thermoplastic polyester (PBT)− Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:NH fuse-switch disconnector− Chassis: RAL 9011 − Cover: RAL 7035 Busbar adaptor− RAL 7035

Basis of test: − IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts)

Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

3071.000

Ri4Power Form 2-4 95

Page 96: Power distribution solutions

NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors, size 000 (3-pole) Rated operating current Packs of 100 A 100 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet Top BottomType of connection Box terminal Box terminalConnection of round conductors mm2 2.5 – 50 2.5 – 50Width mm 53 53Height mm 213 213For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10Model No. SV 1 3431.020 3431.030

Accessories

Micro-switch 5 3071.000 3071.000

Material:− Fibreglass-reinforced

polyamide − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0− Contact tracks:

Silver-plated hard copper

Colour:− Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7001

Basis of test: − IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts)

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

RiLine NH fuse elements

Ri4Power Form 2-496

Page 97: Power distribution solutions

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6).− Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0− Contact tracks:

Electrolytic copper, silver-plated

Colour:− Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7035/7001

Note:The technical data given in the tables may vary for RU applica-tions. Applications to RU only in conjunction with “Special Purpose Fuses”.

Basis of test:− IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − (fuse inserts)

DIN EN 60 269-2

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 (3-pole)

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 160 A 160 A 160 A 160 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M8 Box terminal Screw M8Connection of round conductors mm2 4 – 95 up to 95 4 – 95 up to 95Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 13 x 13 20 x 5 13 x 13 20 x 5Width mm 106 106 106 106Height mm 194 194 194 194Approvals

For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 – –Model No. SV 1 9343.000 9343.010 9344.000 9344.010

Accessories

Micro-switch 5 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000Connection space cover 2 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520Prism terminal 3 – 9344.600 – 9344.600Laminated copper bars

RiLine NH fuse elements

Ri4Power Form 2-4 97

Page 98: Power distribution solutions

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 (3-pole), with electronic fuse monitoring

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 (3-pole), with electromechanical fuse monitoring

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 160 A 160 A 160 A 160 ARated operating voltage 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M8 Box terminal Screw M8Connection of round conductors mm2 4 – 95 up to 95 4 – 95 up to 95Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 13 x 13 20 x 5 13 x 13 20 x 5Width mm 106 106 106 106Height mm 194 194 194 194For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 – –Model No. SV 1 9343.020 9343.030 9344.020 9344.030

Accessories

Micro-switch 5 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000Connection space cover 2 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520Prism terminal 3 – 9344.600 – 9344.600Laminated copper bars

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 160 A 160 A 160 A 160 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M8 Box terminal Screw M8Connection of round conductors mm2 4 – 95 up to 95 4 – 95 up to 95Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 13 x 13 20 x 5 13 x 13 20 x 5Width mm 106 106 106 106Height mm 194 194 194 194For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 – –Model No. SV 1 9343.040 9343.050 9344.040 9344.050

RiLine NH fuse elements

1 2 3

106 104

194

3333 10

6 104

194

3333

28

106 104

194

3333

691 2 3

106

80

194

3333 10

680

194

3333

69

106

80

194

3333

28

1 2 3

1 2 3

Ri4Power Form 2-498

Page 99: Power distribution solutions

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 1 (3-pole)

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 1 (3-pole), with electronic fuse monitoring

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 250 A 250 A 250 A 250 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Box terminal Screw M10Connection of round conductors mm2 35 – 1501)

up to 150 35 – 1501)

up to 150Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 20 x 3 – 14 32 x 10 20 x 3 – 14 32 x 10 Width mm 184 184 184 184Height mm 298 298 298 298Approvals

For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 – –Model No. SV 1 9343.100 9343.110 9344.100 9344.110

Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing

1 – – – 9344.810

Accessories

Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510Connection space cover 2 9344.530 9344.530 9344.530 9344.530Box terminal 3 – 9344.610 – 9344.610Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680Laminated copper bars

1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 50 – 150 mm2.

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 250 A 250 A 250 ARated operating voltage 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10Connection of round conductors mm2 35 – 1501)

up to 150 up to 150Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 20 x 3 – 14 32 x 10 32 x 10 Width mm 184 184 184Height mm 298 298 298For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 –Model No. SV 1 9343.120 9343.130 9344.130

Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing

1 – – 9344.810

Accessories

Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510Connection space cover 2 9344.530 9344.530 9344.530Box terminal 3 – 9344.610 9344.610Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680Laminated copper bars

1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 50 – 150 mm2.

RiLine NH fuse elements

Ri4Power Form 2-4 99

Page 100: Power distribution solutions

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 1 (3-pole), with electromechanical fuse monitoring

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 250 A 250 A 250 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10Connection of round conductors mm2 35 – 1501)

up to 150 up to 150Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 20 x 3 – 14 32 x 10 32 x 10 Width mm 184 184 184Height mm 298 298 298For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 –Model No. SV 1 9343.140 9343.150 9344.150

Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing

1 – – 9344.810

Accessories

Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510Connection space cover 2 9344.530 9344.530 9344.530Box terminal 3 – 9344.610 9344.610Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680Laminated copper bars

1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 50 – 150 mm2.

RiLine NH fuse elements

184

110

298

5757

184

110

298

5757

28

184

110

298

5757

691 2 3

1 2 3

Ri4Power Form 2-4100

Page 101: Power distribution solutions

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 2 (3-pole)

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 2 (3-pole), with electronic fuse monitoring

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 400 A 400 A 400 A 400 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Box terminal Screw M10Connection of round conductors mm2 95 – 3001)

up to 240 95 – 3001)

up to 240

Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 Width mm 210 210 210 210Height mm 298 298 298 298Approvals

For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 – –Model No. SV 1 9343.200 9343.210 9344.200 9344.210

Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing

1 – – – 9344.820

Accessories

Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510Connection space cover 2 9344.540 9344.540 9344.540 9344.540Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 – 9344.620Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680Laminated copper bars

1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2.

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 400 A 400 A 400 ARated operating voltage 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10Connection of round conductors mm2 95 – 3001)

up to 240 up to 240Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 50 x 10 Width mm 210 210 210Height mm 298 298 298For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 –Model No. SV 1 9343.220 9343.230 9344.230

Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing

1 – – 9344.820

RiLine NH fuse elements

1 2 3

210

130

298

65

65 210

130

298

65

65

28

210

130

298

65

65

69

1 23

Ri4Power Form 2-4 101

Page 102: Power distribution solutions

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 2 (3-pole), with electromechanical fuse monitoring

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 400 A 400 A 400 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10Connection of round conductors mm2 95 – 3001)

up to 240 up to 240Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 50 x 10 Width mm 210 210 210Height mm 298 298 298For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 –Model No. SV 1 9343.240 9343.250 9344.250

Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing

1 – – 9344.820

Accessories

Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510Connection space cover 2 9344.540 9344.540 9344.540Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 9344.620Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680Laminated copper bars

1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2.

RiLine NH fuse elements

1 2 3

210

130

298

65

65 210

130

298

65

65

28

1 2

210

130

298

65

65

693

Ri4Power Form 2-4102

Page 103: Power distribution solutions

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 3 (3-pole)

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 630 A 630 A 630 ARated operating voltage 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10Connection of round conductors mm2 95 – 3001)

up to 300 up to 300Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 50 x 10 Width mm 250 250 250Height mm 298 298 298For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 –

Model No. SV 1 9343.320 9343.330 9344.330

Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing

1 – – 9344.830

Accessories

Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510Connection space cover 2 9344.550 9344.550 9344.550Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 9344.620Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680Laminated copper bars

1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2.

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 3 (3-pole), with electronic fuse monitoring

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 630 A 630 A 630 A 630 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Box terminal Screw M10Connection of round conductors mm2 95 – 3001)

up to 300 95 – 3001)

up to 300Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 Width mm 250 250 250 250Height mm 298 298 298 298Approvals

For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – – For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 – – Model No. SV 1 9343.300 9343.310 9344.300 9344.310

Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing

1 – – – 9344.830

Accessories

Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510Connection space cover 2 9344.550 9344.550 9344.550 9344.550Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 – 9344.620Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680Laminated copper bars

1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2.

RiLine NH fuse elements

250

130

298

80

80

250

130

298

80

80

28

250

130

298

80

80

691 2 3

1 2 3

Ri4Power Form 2-4 103

Page 104: Power distribution solutions

NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 3 (3-pole), with electromechanical fuse monitoring

Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems

NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly

Rated operating current 630 A 630 A 630 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10Connection of round conductors mm2 95 – 3001)

up to 300 up to 300Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 50 x 10 Width mm 250 250 250Height mm 298 298 298For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 –For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 –Model No. SV 1 9343.340 9343.350 9344.350

Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing

1 – – 9344.830

Accessories

Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510Connection space cover 2 9344.550 9344.550 9344.550Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 9344.620Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680Laminated copper bars

1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2.

RiLine NH fuse elements

1 2 3

250

130

298

80

80

250

130

298

80

80

28

250

130

298

80

80

69

1 23

Ri4Power Form 2-4104

Page 105: Power distribution solutions

Material:− Fibreglass-reinforced

Polyamide − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks:

Silver-plated hard copper Colour:− Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7001 − Handle: RAL 7016

Basis of test: − IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts)

Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 (3-pole) Rated operating current Packs of 160 A 160 A 160 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Type of connection Box terminal Screw M8 Screw M8Connection of round conductors mm2 2.5 – 95 up to 95 up to 95 Width mm 50 50 50Height mm 400 400 740For converter installation – – – – –

For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 100 60 100 185 185

For bar thickness mm 5/10 10 5/10 10 10 10Model No. SV 1 9346.000 9346.020 9346.010 9346.030 9346.040 9346.050

Also required

Busbar adaptor

For mounting SV 9346.020/.030 on bar systems with 185 mm centre-to-centre spacing

DesignSingle adaptor 1 – 9346.410 – 9346.410 – – Two-way adaptor 1 – 9346.420 – 9346.420 – –

Busbar terminal For mounting SV 9346.040/.050 on bar systems with 185 mm centre-to-centre spacing

3 – – – – 9346.470 9346.470

Accessories

Micro-switch 5 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 Lug terminal connection part 1 set – – 3592.020 3592.020 3592.020 3592.020 Clamp-type terminal connection 1 set – – 3592.010 3592.010 3592.010 3592.010 Support bracket 4 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 Connection space cover 1 9346.460 9346.460 9346.460 9346.460 9346.460 9346.460

Sliding nuts M8 for mounting SV 9346.040/.050 on busbar systems

Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 15 – – – – 9640.910 9640.910

Maxi-PLS 3200 15 – – – – 9650.905 9650.905

RiLine NH fuse elements

Ri4Power Form 2-4 105

Page 106: Power distribution solutions

NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1/size 2/size 3 (3-pole) Size Packs of Size 1 Size 2 Size 3Rated operating current 250 A 400 A 630 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Type of connection Bolt M12 Bolt M12 Bolt M12Connection of round conductors mm2 up to 240 up to 240 up to 240 Equipment attachment Screw M12 Screw M12 Screw M12Width mm 100 100 100Height mm 740 740 740For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 185 185 185For bar thickness mm 10 10 10Model No. SV 1 9346.110 9346.210 9346.310

Accessories

Box terminal 3 9346.450 9346.450 9346.450Busbar terminal 3 9346.440 9346.440 9346.440Support bracket 4 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430Micro-switch 5 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000Inserted screw nuts M12 30 3591.060 3591.060 3591.060

Material:− Fibreglass-reinforced

Polyamide − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks:

Silver-plated hard copper Colour:− Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7001 − Handle: RAL 7016

Supply includes:− 3 screws M12 x 30 for

equipment attachment − 3 inserted screw nuts M12 − 3 hex nuts for cable connec-

tion Basis of test: − IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − DIN EN 60 269-2

(fuse inserts)

Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

RiLine NH fuse elements

Ri4Power Form 2-4106

Page 107: Power distribution solutions

Fuse holder up to 60 A (3-pole) Fuse type (class) CC J JRated operating current 30 A 30 A 60 ARated operating voltage 600 V~ 600 V~ 600 V~Fuse standard UL 4248-4 UL 4248-8 UL 4248-8Fuse size mm 10 x 38 21 x 57 27 x 60

Connection of round conductors mm2 2.5 – 10 2.5 – 25 2.5 – 25 AWG AWG 6 – 14 AWG 2 – 14 AWG 2 – 14

Width mm 52.5 97.5 120Height mm 78 114 122Depth mm 59 80 89Approvals

Packs of 4 2 2 Model No. SV 9345.000 9345.0101)

9345.0301) May also be used for cylindrical fuses 22 x 58 mm to French standards without UL licensing.

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6). − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:Suitable for snap-on mounting on− Support rails 35 mm

(7.5/15 mm high) to DIN EN 60 715 or

− RiLine component adaptor combinations (OM adaptor/support)

Approvals: UL 512, CSA C22.2 No. 39

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

Mounting example on 60 mm bar systems

Required accessories For fuse holderModel No. SV Designation SV 9345.000 SV 9345.010 SV 9345.030

9340.260 OM support – 1 – 9340.270 OM support – – 1 9340.280 Connection pin – 3 69340.290 Insert strip – – 19340.410 OM adaptor – 1 19340.460 OM adaptor 1 – –9342.880 Support rail – 1 – 9342.950 Support rail 1 1 2

RiLine Class fuse elements

Ri4Power Form 2-4 107

Page 108: Power distribution solutions

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6). − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks:

Electrolytic copper, silver-plated

Colour:− Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7035/7001

Approvals: − UL 4248-1/UL 4248-8 − CSA C22.2 No. 4248.107/− CSA C22.2 No. 4248.8-07

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

RiLine Class fuse elements

Fuse holder 61 – 400 A (3-pole) Fuse type (class) Packs of J J J Rated operating current 61 – 100 A 101 – 200 A 201 – 400 ARated operating voltage 600 V~ 600 V~ 600 V~Fuse standard UL 4248-8 UL 4248-8 UL 4248-8 Fuse size mm 29 x 118 41 x 146 54 x 181 Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottomType of connection Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal Connection of round conductors AWG 2 – MCM 300 AWG 3/0 – MCM 600 AWG 3/0 – MCM 600Width mm 184 210 250Height mm 288 288 328/3531)

Approvals

For bar systems

Bar centre distance mm 60 60 60For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10Model No. SV 1 9345.100 9345.200 9345.400

For mounting plate assembly

Model No. SV 1 9345.110 9345.210 9345.410 1) 328 mm (SV 9345.400), 353 mm (SV 9345.410)

Ri4Power Form 2-4108

Page 109: Power distribution solutions

RiLine accessoriesBusbar supports/base isolators

Busbar supports 1- and 2-poleMaterial:− Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:SV 9342.030

Including raised section for stepped configura-tion of the PLS busbars.

Note:SV 9340.030/SV 9342.030

The busbar supports may be bayed with 60 mm bar centre distance for the configuration of multi-pole systems.

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Design Packs of

Number of poles 1-pole 1-pole 2-poleBar centre distance mm – – 60

For busbars E-Cu PLS 1600 – –

– 12 x 5/101), 15 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm

PEN/N/PE support

N/PE support – –

Model No. SV 4 9342.030 9340.030 9340.040

Accessories

Spacers 12 – 9340.090 –Captive nuts M52) 50 – 4166.000 4166.000

1) If 12 x 5/10 mm busbars are used, the spacer SV 9340.090 is additionally required. 2) For attaching the busbar support to the TS frame section and punched sections with mounting flanges

with rectangular system punchings 12.5 x 10.5 mm.

1 2 2

1

2

Base isolatorsFor configuring busbar systems with any given bar centre distances and for assembling insu-lated PE or PEN bars.

Material:Duroplastic Polyester (UP resin)

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Rated operating voltage 1 kV 1 kVTensile strength 12 kN 13 kNTorsional strength 75 Nm 90 NmBending strength 6 kN 6 kNHeight mm 40 50Thread M10 M10Packs of 6 6Model No. SV 3031.000 3032.000

Spacersfor RiLine60 busbar supports (flat busbar system) For adapting 12 x 5 and 12 x 10 mm size busbars. For busbar supports ● SV 9340.030 (1-pole)● SV 9340.000/.010 (3-pole)

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6).

● SV 9340.004 (4-pole)

− Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Packs of Model No. SV

12 9340.090

Ri4Power Form 2-4 109

Page 110: Power distribution solutions

Busbars E-Cu To DIN EN 13 601. Length: 2400 mm/bar.

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Dimensions mm Approvals Packs of Model No. SV

E-Cu

12 x 5 1 3580.000

15 x 5 1 3581.000

20 x 5 1 3582.000

25 x 5 1 3583.000

30 x 5 1 3584.000

12 x 10 1 3580.100

15 x 10 1 3581.100

20 x 10 1 3585.000

30 x 10 1 3586.000

40 x 10 – 1 3587.000

50 x 10 – 1 3588.000

60 x 10 – 1 3589.000

80 x 10 – 1 3590.000

100 x 10 – 1 3590.010

E-Cu tin-plated1)

30 x 5 – 1 3584.200

30 x 10 – 1 3586.200

Accessories

Busbar connectors for busbars mm

12 x 5 – 15 x 10 (single connection) 3 9350.07520 x 5 – 30 x 10 (single connection) 3 9320.02020 x 5 – 30 x 10 (bayed connection) 3 9320.030

Busbar cover section for busbars mm

12/15 x 5 4 9350.01012/15 x 10 4 9350.06012 x 5 – 30 x 10 10 3092.00040 – 60 x 10 10 3085.000

1) Extended delivery times.

Busbar cover sectionsContact hazard protection via covering of the bus-bars. May be cut to required length. Length: 1000 mm/section.

Material:− Thermally modified hard PVC. − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:Contact hazard protection, for more solutions

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

For busbars mm Approvals Packs of Model No. SV

12/15 x 5 – 4 9350.010

12/15 x 10 – 4 9350.060

12 x 5 – 30 x 10 10 3092.000

40 – 60 x 10 – 10 3085.000

Inserted screw nuts M12Self-holding nuts with knurled ring for busbars E-Cu. Hole diameter: 14.5 mm.

Packs of Model No. SV

30 3591.060

Busbars

RiLine accessories

Ri4Power Form 2-4110

Page 111: Power distribution solutions

PLS special busbars E-Cu Technical information: Available on the Internet.

For system PLS 800, bar thickness 5 mm, bar cross-section 300 mm 2

For enclosure width mm

Length mm E-Cu tin-plated1) Approvals Packs of Model No.

SV

600 495 – 1 3524.000

600 495 – 1 3524.200

800 695 – 1 3525.000

800 695 – 1 3525.200

1000 895 – 1 3525.010

1000 895 – 1 3525.210

1200 1095 – 1 3526.000

1200 1095 – 1 3526.200

variable 2400 – 1 3509.000

variable 2400 – 1 3509.200

Accessories

PLS busbar connector (single connection) 3 3504.000PLS busbar connector (bayed connection) 3 3505.000PLS expansion connectors 3 9320.060

1) Extended delivery times.

For system PLS 1600, bar thickness 10 mm, bar cross-section 900 mm 2

For enclosure width mm

Length mm E-Cu tin-plated1) Approvals Packs of Model No.

SV

600 495 – 1 3527.000

600 495 – 1 3527.200

800 695 – 1 3528.000

800 695 – 1 3528.200

1000 895 – 1 3528.010

1000 895 – 1 3528.210

1200 1095 – 1 3529.000

1200 1095 – 1 3529.200

variable 2400 – 1 3516.000

variable 2400 – 1 3516.200

Accessories

PLS busbar connector (single connection) 3 3514.000PLS busbar connector (bayed connection) 3 3515.000PLS expansion connectors 3 9320.070

1) Extended delivery times.

Busbars

RiLine accessories

Ri4Power Form 2-4 111

Page 112: Power distribution solutions

Busbar connectorsFor connecting square busbars, no drilling required.

Material:SV 9350.075− Top piece: St 37, nickel-plated surface finish − Contact plate: E-Cu, nickel-plated surface finish

SV 9320.020/SV 9320.030

− Top piece: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated − Contact plate: E-Cu, silver-plated

Technical information:Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

For busbars mm

ApplicationApprovals Packs of Model No. SVSingle

connectionBayed

connection1)

12 x 5 – 15 x 10 – 3 9350.075

20 x 5 – 30 x 10 – 3 9320.020

– 3 9320.0301) From enclosure to enclosure (TS 8)

PLS busbar connectorsFor connecting the PLS special busbars; no drilling required.

Material:E-Cu

Surface finish:Nickel-plated

Technical information:Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Application For system Approvals Packs of Model No. SV

Single connectionPLS 800 3 3504.000

PLS 1600 3 3514.000

Baying connection1)

PLS 800 3 3505.000

PLS 1600 3 3515.0001) From enclosure to enclosure (TS 8)

PLS expansion connectorsFor thermal and mechanical compensation during connection of PLS special busbars from enclosure to enclosure (TS 8).

Material:E-Cu

Note:At a temperature increase of 30 K, there is an expansion in the length of the busbars by approxi-mately 0.5 mm/m. For this reason, it is advisable to use an expansion connectors for thermal com-pensation in busbar systems with busbar sec-tions > 3600 mm.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Expansion connectors For system Approvals Packs of Model No. SV

PLS 800 3 9320.060

PLS 1600 3 9320.070

Also required

PLS busbar connectors1)

PLS 800 3 3504.000PLS 1600 3 3514.000

1) Two busbar connectors are needed to fit one expansion connector.

Busbars

RiLine accessories

Ri4Power Form 2-4112

Page 113: Power distribution solutions

Busbars E-Cu with integral holes Suitable for• Direct installation in enclosures• Busbar support

− SV 9340.000/.010− SV 9340.004− SV 9342.014− SV 3052.000− SV 3073.000

• PE/PEN combinations in conjunction with PE/PEN combination anglesand baying bracket E-Cu

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

Size 30 x 5 mm (hole Ø 11 mm) For enclosure width mm

Length mm Packs of Model No. SV

300 265 2 9661.335

400 365 2 9661.345

600 565 2 9661.365

800 765 2 9661.385

1000 965 2 9661.305

1200 1165 2 9661.325

Accessories

Baying bracket E-Cu 95 4 9661.355 PE/PEN combination angle – 4 9661.235

Size 30 x 10 mm (hole Ø 11 mm) For enclosure width mm

Length mm Packs of Model No. SV

300 265 2 9661.330

400 365 2 9661.340

600 565 2 9661.360

800 765 2 9661.380

1000 965 2 9661.300

1200 1165 2 9661.320

Accessories

Baying bracket E-Cu 95 4 9661.350 PE/PEN combination angle – 4 9661.230

Size 40 x 10 mm (hole Ø 14 mm) For enclosure width mm

Length mm Packs of Model No. SV

300 292 2 9661.030

400 392 2 9661.040

600 592 2 9661.060

800 792 2 9661.080

1000 992 2 9661.000

1200 1192 2 9661.020

Accessories

Baying bracket E-Cu 88 4 9661.350 PE/PEN combination angles for use with Form 2-4 – 4 9661.240

PE/PEN combination angles for other applications – 4 9661.200

Size 80 x 10 mm (hole Ø 14 mm) For enclosure width mm

Length mm Packs of Model No. SV

300 292 2 9661.130

400 392 2 9661.140

600 592 2 9661.160

800 792 2 9661.180

1000 992 2 9661.100

1200 1192 2 9661.120

Accessories

Baying bracket E-Cu 88 4 9661.150 PE/PEN combination angles for use with Form 2-4 – 4 9661.240

PE/PEN combination angles for other applications – 4 9661.200

Earthing

Interior installation

Ri4Power Form 2-4 113

Page 114: Power distribution solutions

Inserted screw nuts M12Self-holding nuts with knurled ring for busbars E-Cu. Hole diameter: 14.5 mm.

Packs of Model No. SV

30 3591.060

PE/PEN combination angle E-Cufor PE/PEN combinations The PE/PEN combination, comprising busbars, combination angles and baying brackets, supports type-tested configurations as per IEC 61 439-1. Thanks to the pre-assembled combination angles, baying brackets and busbars customised to match the enclosure width, assembly is time-saving with cost reduction.

Material:E-Cu

Supply includes:Assembly parts.

Technical specifications:Tested short-circuit resistance PE/PEN combination − 30 x 5 mm:

Icw 18 kA, 1 sec. − PE/PEN combination 30 x 10 mm:

Icw 30 kA, 1 sec. − PE/PEN combination 40/80 x 10 mm:

Icw 60 kA, 1 sec.

For busbars mm

Application Size mm Packs of Model No. SV

Form 2-4 Others

30 x 5 30 x 5 4 9661.235

30 x 10 30 x 10 4 9661.230

40 x 10 and – 40 x 10 4 9661.240

80 x 10 – 40 x 10 4 9661.200

Baying bracket E-Cu For busbars mm

Length mm Packs of Model No. SV

30 x 5 95 4 9661.355

30 x 10 95 4 9661.350

40 x 10 88 4 9661.050

80 x 10 88 4 9661.150

Interior installationEarthing

Ri4Power Form 2-4114

Page 115: Power distribution solutions

Laminated copper bars Length: 2000 mm/bar.

Material:Cu lamina − High-purity electrolyte copper F20

Insulation

− High-strength vinyl compound − Expansion 370% − Temperature range: – 30°C to +105°C − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 − Dielectric strength: 20 kV/mm

Short-circuit resistance diagram: Available on the Internet.

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Configuration1) mm In for 70 K2) In for 50 K2) In for 30 K2) Packs of Model No. SV

8 x 6 x 0.5 195 A 165 A 125 A 1 3565.015

6 x 9 x 0.8 285 A 240 A 180 A 1 3565.005

4 x 15.5 x 0.8 330 A 275 A 210 A 1 3567.005

6 x 15.5 x 0.8 415 A 350 A 265 A 1 3568.005

10 x 15.5 x 0.8 575 A 480 A 365 A 1 3569.005

5 x 20 x 1 525 A 435 A 330 A 1 3570.005

5 x 24 x 1 605 A 510 A 385 A 1 3571.005

10 x 24 x 1 920 A 770 A 585 A 1 3572.005

5 x 32 x 1 770 A 645 A 485 A 1 3573.005

10 x 32 x 1 1155 A 965 A 730 A 1 3574.005

5 x 40 x 1 930 A 780 A 590 A 1 3575.005

10 x 40 x 1 1370 A 1145 A 865 A 1 3576.005

5 x 50 x 1 1125 A 940 A 710 A 1 3577.005

10 x 50 x 1 1635 A 1365 A 1030 A 1 3578.005

10 x 63 x 1 1950 A 1610 A 1230 A 1 3579.0051) Number of lamina x lamina width x lamina thickness2) The conductor temperature of the laminated copper bar is derived from the sum total of the ambient temperature

and the temperature increase. Example:

SV 3565.000 carrying 220 A, i.e. the temperature increases by 30 K. At an ambient temperature of 35°C, this produces a resultant conductor temperature of 35°C + 30 K = 65°C.

Universal support For the attachment of laminated copper bars from 5 x 20 x 1 to 10 x 63 x 1 mm.

Material:− Fibreglass-reinforced, thermoplastic Polyester

(PBT) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:Screws and “U” nuts for mounting on PS punched rails.

Accessories:

PS punched rails

Short-circuit resistance diagram:

Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Packs of Model No. SV

3 3079.000

Universal supportFor the attachment of multi-stacked laminated copper bars from 5 x 40 x 1 to 10 x 100 x 1 mm.

Material:− Fibreglass-reinforced, thermoplastic polyester

(PBT) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:Screws and sliding nuts for attachment on C rails.

Note:3 sets of universal supports correspond to the supply scope shown in the photograph.

Accessories:

C rails 30/15

Packs of Model No. SV

3 sets 3079.010

RiLine accessoriesLaminated copper bars

Ri4Power Form 2-4 115

Page 116: Power distribution solutions

System components Material:− Thermally modified hard PVC − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

For RiLine60 busbar systems3-pole 4-pole

Flat bars PLS 800 PLS 1600 Flat bars 30 x 10 PLUS

PLS 1600 PLUS

Base tray

Length (L) mm Packs of

Approv-als Model No. SV Model No. SV

500 2 9340.100 9341.100 9342.100 – – –

700 2 9340.110 9341.110 9342.110 – – –

900 2 9340.120 9341.120 9342.120 – – –

1100 2 9340.130 9341.130 9342.130 9340.134 9342.134 9342.134

2400 1 – 9340.170 9341.170 9342.170 – – –

Base tray infill100 2 9340.140 9341.140 9342.140 – – –

Cover section 700 2 9340.200 9340.200 9340.200 – – –

1100 2 9340.210 9340.210 9340.210 9340.214 9340.214 9340.214

1

1

2

Base tray For rear contact hazard protection of the flat bar assembly.

Base tray infill For rear contact hazard protection when connecting the busbars from enclosure to enclosure.

Supply includes: Assembly parts.

Cover section May be cut to length as required; for clip-on mounting to the base tray.

Note: If the cover section is loaded from the front, the support panel is needed for stability.

1 1 2

Support panel for cover section To prevent side access to the cover section. The support panel also provides additional stability. Recommended mounting distance 500 mm.

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

<

For system assembly Approvals Packs

ofModel No.

SV

3-pole 5 9340.220

4-pole 5 9340.224

Cross member for RiLine60 busbar connections, 3-pole To comply with the clearances required for “feeder circuits” under UL 508. For flat bar systems with 60 mm bar centre distance and PLS 800/1600.

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:2 pieces for one busbar connection

Also required:

Support panel SV 9340.220 (2 pieces),

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Length mm Approvals Packs of Model No.

SV

160 2 9340.230

Contact hazard protection

RiLine accessories

1

2

Ri4Power Form 2-4116

Page 117: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-4 117

Contact hazard protection

RiLine accessories

Conductor connection clamps Material:− Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated

(SV 3450.500 – SV 3459.500) − Brass

(SV 3550.000/SV 3555.000)

Accessories:

Laminated copper bars,

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

For bar thickness mm

Connection of round conductors1)

mm2

Clamping area for laminated copper bars

W x H mmApprovals Packs of Model No.

SV

3 –5 1 – 4 – 15 3550.000

15 3450.500

5 2.5 –16 8 x 8 15 3451.500

5 16 – 50 10.5 x 11 15 3452.500

5 35 – 70 16.5 x 15 15 3453.500

5 70 – 185 22.5 x 20 15 3454.500

6 –10 1 – 4 – 15 3555.000

10 1 – 4 – 15 3455.500

10 2.5 – 16 8 x 8 15 3456.500

10 16 – 50 10.5 x 11 15 3457.500

10 35 – 70 16.5 x 15 15 3458.500

10 70 – 185 22.5 x 20 15 3459.5001) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine wire conductors.

Plate clamps For connecting laminated copper bars; no drilling required.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated, passivated

Accessories:

Laminated copper bars

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

For busbars

mm

Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm

Packs of Model No. SV

12 x 5 – 30 x 10 34 x 10 3 3554.000

40 x 10 34 x 10 3 3559.000

50 x 10 34 x 10 3 3560.000

50 x 10 54 x 10 3 3562.000

60 x 10 34 x 10 3 3561.000

60 x 10 54 x 10 3 3563.000

80 x 10 65 x 10 3 3460.500

System coversFor conductor connection clamps and plate clamps.

Material:− ABS − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:For 3-pole systems with 60/100 mm bar centre distance. Only suitable for use with systems without a base tray. For systems with a base tray, the system covers must be mechanically shortened.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Width mm

Depth mm

Height mm Approvals Packs of Model No. SVFor mounting on bar systems

60 mm 100 mm50 80 230 325 4 3086.000

100 80 230 325 4 3087.000

100 110 230 325 4 3090.000

200 80 230 325 4 3088.000

200 110 230 325 4 3091.000

− 1− 4 5

Page 118: Power distribution solutions

Connection block Material:Chassis − Polyamide (PA 6.6).− Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0Cover − ABS− Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:3 terminals including cover.

Note:When using the terminal on 2-pole busbar sys-tems (SV 9340.040), the terminal must be rotated through 180° for connection to the PE busbar.

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Outlet Packs of top/bottom top/bottom Connection of round conductors mm2 ● fine-wire with wire end ferrule ● multi-wire

95 – 185 95 – 300

––

Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm ● For 5 mm bar thickness ● For 10 mm bar thickness

33 x 27 33 x 22

65 x 27 65 x 22

Width mm 50 85Height mm 88 88For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 Model No. SV 3 9342.311 9342.321

Accessories

Laminated copper bars

Connection system

RiLine accessories

Ri4Power Form 2-4118

Page 119: Power distribution solutions

RiLine accessoriesfor Mini-PLS component adaptors

Insert strip for Mini-PLS component adaptors To extend the construction width.

Material:ABS

Colour:RAL 7035

Width mm Packs of Model No. SV

9 2 9623.000

Support rails 35 x 7 .5 mmfor Mini-PLS component adaptors

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly screws and side anti-slip guard.

Width mm Packs of Model No. SV

45 10 9320.150

54 10 3548.000

72 10 3549.000

Ri4Power Form 2-4 119

Page 120: Power distribution solutions

Support rails 35 x 7.5 mm for OM adaptor/support For assembly on 55 mm wide OM adaptors/supports with 10 mm wide insert strips mounted on the right and left. Arrangement of the mounting hole for central configuration on 55 mm wide adaptor section or support frame.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly screws and side anti-slip guard.

Width mm Packs of Model No. SV

72 9342.980

Insert strip for OM adaptor/support To extend the construction width in a 10 mm pitch pattern. May be bayed as often as required on both sides. With integral cable duct.

Material:Polyamide (PA 6.6). Colour:RAL 7035 Supply includes:6 connection pins (SV 9340.280).

Width mm Approvals Packs of Model No. SV

10 2 9340.290

Support rails 35 x 15 mmfor OM adaptor/support For attaching to the adaptor section.

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly screws and side anti-slip guard.

Width mm Packs of Model No. SV

45 5 9342.880

55 5 9342.950

Support rails 35 x 10 mmfor OM adaptor/support For attaching to the adaptor section and support frame.

Material:Polyamide (PA 6.6).

Colour:RAL 9005

Supply includes:Assembly screws.

Note:UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/support.

Design Width mm With anti-slip guard1) Packs of Model No. SV

TS 45C 45 5 9342.850

TS 45D 45 – 5 9342.860

TS 45D-V2) 45 – 5 9342.870

TS 55C 55 5 9342.920

TS 55D 55 – 5 9342.930

TS 55D-V2) 55 – 5 9342.940

TS 55E3) 55 5 9342.960

1) Anti-slip guard for motor circuit-breaker.2) Support rail only suitable for non-pitch pattern-dependent mounting on support frame. 3) Reinforced version. Recommended for switchgear with an unladen weight per support rail > 600 g.

5

RiLine accessoriesfor RiLine60 component adaptors

Ri4Power Form 2-4120

Page 121: Power distribution solutions

PinBlockfor support frames For reliable attachment and positioning of the contactor on motor starter combinations, for simple clip-on mounting onto the support frame. Individual vertical positioning is achieved by relocating the PinBlock.

Material:Polyamide (PA 6.6).

Colour:RAL 9005

Note:UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/support.

For support frame width mm Packs of Model No. SV

45 5 9342.800

55 5 9342.810

Support frame support for OM adaptors To reinforce support frames 45 x 237 mm and 55 x 237 mm for use on OM adaptors. Material:Polyamide (PA 6.6). Colour:RAL 9005 Note:UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/support.

Packs of Model No. SV

10 9340.800

Connection pinFor any required mechanical connection of OM adaptor/support and insert strip (SV 9340.290). Material:Polyamide (PA 6). Colour:RAL 5010

Approvals Packs of Model No. SV

20 9340.280

Support framefor OM adaptor/support For use as a spare or for the configuration of replacement assemblies. Material:Polyamide (PA 6.6). Colour:RAL 9005 Note:UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/support.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

Length mm

For adaptor width mm Packs of Model No. SV

170 45 5 9341.800

237 45 5 9341.820

170 55 5 9341.830

237 55 5 9341.850

RiLine accessoriesfor RiLine60 component adaptors

Ri4Power Form 2-4 121

Page 122: Power distribution solutions

PinBlock Plusfor starters with increased contactor attachment Mounted by simply clipping onto the PinBlock (SV 9342.800/.810). Material:Polyamide (PA 6.6). Colour:RAL 9005 Note:UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/support.

Packs of Model No. SV

5 9342.820

ST - Combi connectorfor OM premium adaptorMay be used as a spare. With tension spring clamp at the outlet end.Material:Polyamide (PA 6.6).

Design Packs of Model No. SV

3-pole1.5 – 4 mm2 5 9341.980

8-pole0.25 – 2.5 mm2 5 9341.990

Cable setPre-assembled connection cables for individual connection of switchgear, top-mounted on OM adaptors with tension spring clamps. Length: 130 mm. Material:− PVC insulation− Temperature resistant to 105°C− pression at both ends

Wire ends with ultrasonic wire-end com

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Design Packs of Model No. SV

AWG 14 =2.08 mm2 2.5 mm2 15 9340.850

AWG 12 =3.31 mm2 4 mm2 15 9340.860

AWG 10 =5.26 mm2 6 mm2 15 9340.870

AWG 8 =8.37 mm2 10 mm2 6 9340.880

AWG 6 =13.3 mm2 16 mm2 6 9340.890

AWG = American Wire Gauges

Twin cords for OM adaptors with tension spring clamp 2.5 – 16 mm2 Pre-assembled connection cables for individual connection of up to two switchgear units per adaptor.

Cable length: L1 = 140 mm, L2 = 250 mm.

Material:− PVC insulation− Temperature resistant to 105°C− sion at both ends Wire ends with ultrasonic wire-end compres

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Design Packs of Model No. SV

AWG 10 = 5.26 mm2 6 mm2 6 9340.820

AWG = American Wire Gauges

RiLine accessoriesfor RiLine60 component adaptors

Ri4Power Form 2-4122

Page 123: Power distribution solutions

Sliding blocks for circuit-breaker component adaptors For additional locking of circuit-breakers with more than two attachment points.

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:UL approval in conjunction with circuit-breaker component adaptor.

For circuit-breaker component adaptor

With threaded

insert

Packs of

Model No. SV

SV 9342.500/.510 SV 9342.504/.514 SV 9342.540/.550

M3/M4 6 9342.560

SV 9342.600/.610 SV 9342.604/.614 M4/M5 6 9342.640

Support rail 35 x 15 mmFor ● Circuit-breaker component adaptor ● Mini-PLS component adaptor

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:Zinc-plated

Supply includes:Assembly screws and side anti-slip guard.

For component adaptors

Width mm

Appro-vals

Packs of

Model No. SV

SV 9342.400SV 9342.410SV 9629.000

72 5 9320.120

Insert strip for circuit-breaker component adaptors To extend the construction width from 140 mm to 190 mm.

Material:ABS

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:4 units (1 set) are needed to widen a component adaptor.

For circuit-breaker compo-

nent adaptor

Width mm

Appro-vals

Packs of

Model No. SV

SV 9342.700SV 9342.710 25 4

(1 set) 9342.720

Connection bracket for circuit-breaker component adaptors Pre-assembled, laminated flat copper for connect-ing standard, commercially available moulded case circuit-breakers (MCCB).

Material:Electrolytic copper F20

Insulation: Vinyl compoundTemperature resistant to 105°CFire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

Dimensions1)

mmFor circuit-breaker

component adaptor For connecting moulded case circuit-breakers (MCCB),

make (model)Packs

of2) Model No.

SV

6 x 9 x 0.8 SV 9342.500/.510SV 9342.540/.550

ABB (T1, T1 UL, T2, T2 UL), Eaton (NZM1, NZM1 UL, BZM B1),

OEZ (BC160N),Schneider Electric (NSC100, NSE75, NSE100)

Siemens (3RV13 53, 3VT 1)

3 9342.5703)

10 x 15.5 x 0.8 SV 9342.600/.610

ABB (T3, T3 UL), GE (FE),

Schneider Electric (NSF150, NSF250)3 9342.660

Allen Bradley (140U-J), Schneider Electric (NS/NSX100/160/250, GV7) 3 9342.670

ABB (S3), Eaton (NZM2, NZM2 UL, BZM B2),

Siemens (VL250, VL250 UL)3 9342.680

Siemens (VL150X UL, VL150 UL, VL160X, VL160) 3 9342.690

10 x 32 x 1 SV 9342.700/.710

ABB (T5, T5 UL), Siemens (3RV10 73, 3RV13 73/74) 3 9342.770

ABB (S5),Allen Bradley (140U-L),

Schneider Electric (NS/SX 400/630, NSJ 400/600)3 9342.780

Eaton (NZM3, NZM3 UL) 3 9342.7901) Number of lamina x lamina width x lamina thickness 2) 3 pieces = 1 set 3) Universal application for switchgear with a dimensional difference between the mounting level and the upper edge

of the contact level of 20 ± 5 mm.

RiLine accessoriesFor RiLine60 CB component adaptors

Ri4Power Form 2-4 123

Page 124: Power distribution solutions

Box terminals for NH disconnectors, sizes 1 to 3 with screw terminalFor direct connection of round and sector-shaped conductors and laminated copper bars.

Material:Cast brass

Surface finish:Nickel-plated

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

For NH disconnectors

Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm

Connection

Packs of Model No. SVRound conductor mm2

Sector-shaped conductor

mm2 Size 1 20 x 14 35 – 150 50 – 150 3 9344.610

Size 2/3 32 x 20 95 – 300 120 – 300 3 9344.620

Prism terminal for NH disconnectors size 00 with screw terminalFor direct connection of round and sector-shaped conductors.

Material:Cast brass

Surface finish:Nickel-plated

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Connection

Packs of Model No. SV

Round conductor

mm2

Sector-shaped conductor

mm2 10 – 70 10 – 70 3 9344.600

Connection space cover for NH disconnectors● For extending the contact hazard protection

cover, e.g. when using ring terminals with a long collar.

● Bayable as required at the top and bottom.

Material:Polyamide (PA 6).

Colour:RAL 7035

Detailed drawings:

Available on the Internet.

For NH disconnectors Packs of Model No. SV

Size 00 2 9344.520

Size 1 2 9344.530

Size 2 2 9344.540

Size 3 2 9344.550

Arc chambers for NH disconnectors, sizes 1 to 3 To increase switching capacity (utilisation cate-gory).

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Packs of Model No. SV

3 9344.680

RiLine accessoriesFor RiLine NH fuse elements

Ri4Power Form 2-4124

Page 125: Power distribution solutions

2

1

Busbar adaptor for NH disconnectors, size 1 – 3 For mounting NH disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

For NH disconnectorsPacks of Model No.

SVSize Model No. SV

19344.110 9344.130 9344.150

1 9344.810

29344.210 9344.230 9344.250

1 9344.820

39344.310 9344.330 9344.350

1 9344.830

Micro-switch for NH disconnectors/NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors To indicate the switch position of the NH unit (cover).

For NH disconnectorsSize Packs of Model No. SV

000/00 5 3071.000

1 – 3 2 9344.5101)

1) Plastic lug for attaching the micro-switch to the disconnector chassis.

For NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectorsSize Packs of Model No. SV

00 5 9346.400

1 – 3 5 3071.000

Connection space cover for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 Extended version for the use of ring terminals with a long collar.

Material:Polycarbonate

Packs of Model No. SV

1 9346.460

Lug terminal connection parts for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 For connecting laminated copper bars and round conductors 1.5 to 25 mm2. Clamping area W x H: 16 x 10 mm.

Material:Cast Brass

Surface finish:Nickel-plated

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Packs of Model No. SV

1 set 3592.020

2

1

RiLine accessoriesFor RiLine NH fuse elements

Ri4Power Form 2-4 125

Page 126: Power distribution solutions

Clamp-type terminal connection for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 For the connection of round conductors 1.5 to 95 mm2.

Material:Cast Brass

Surface finish:Nickel-plated

Technical information:

Available on the Internet.

Packs of Model No. SV

1 set 3592.010

Box terminal for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1 – 3 For converting NH slimline disconnectors to box terminal connection for round conductors up to 300 mm2.

Material:Cast brass

Surface finish:Nickel-plated

Packs of Model No. SV

3 9346.450

Busbar terminal for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1 – 3 For mounting NH slimline disconnectors on bar systems with 185 mm centre-to-centre spacing, no drilling required.

Packs of Model No. SV

3 9346.440

Support bracket for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 – 3 For optional attachment of a customised contact hazard protection cover e.g. for special applica-tions in conjunction with distribution enclosures. The support brackets may be attached to the left and right of the strip chassis.

Packs of Model No. SV

4 9346.430

Busbar adaptor for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 For mounting NH slimline disconnectors SV 9346.020/.030 on bar systems with 185 mm centre-to-centre spacing.

Supply includes:Compensating panels.

Design Packs of Model No. SV

Single adaptor 1 9346.410

Two-way adaptor 1 9346.420

RiLine accessoriesFor RiLine NH fuse elements

Ri4Power Form 2-4126

Page 127: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-4 127

Page 128: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60 Aluminium busbar system

Ri4Power Form 2-4128

Page 129: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60....page 129 to131

Aluminium busbar systemThe established RiLine60 busbar technology has been tested with aluminium busbars. Therefore the use of aluminum rails in combination with selected components of the RiLine60 busbar system is possible.

Benefits• Material cost advantage to Copper• Tested short circuit protection for AC/DC• Design in accordance to IEC 61439-1/-2 verification

useable• Lower weight compared to Copper

Application area• Continuous currents according to DIN 43670• Rated voltage up to 690 V AC and 1500 V DC• Machinery and plant engineering• Process automation• Intermediate circuit for drive technology• Photovoltaics• Galvanization

Ri4Power Form 2-4 129

Page 130: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60Aluminium busbar system - Technical information

Short-circuit according to IEC 61439-1For busbar support: 9340.000/.010/.050

busbars dimensions

250 / 500 mm

Support spacing

30x5 / 30x10 mm

20x5 / 20x10 mm

AC DC

Busbarsdimensions

Supportspacing

Icw rated short-timewithstand current 1s [kA]

20x5 / 20x10 mm

30x5 / 30x10 mm500 mm250 mm500 mm250 mm

22301422

a

b

Ri4Power Form 2-4130

Page 131: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60Aluminium busbar system - Technical information

The DIN 43670 specifies the continuous currents for busbars at an ambient temperature of 35°C and an average busbar temperature of 65°C. With

the aid of a correction factor the continuous currents specified in the following table may be adjusted to alternative operating temperatures. For safe

operation with thermal reserve, it is advisable to limit the busbar temperature to a maximum of 85°C. However, the decisive factor is the lowest

permissible continuous temperature of the components which directly contact the busbar system (fuse bases, outgoing cables etc.). The ambient

air temperature of the busbars or busbar system should not exceed 40°C; an average of 35°C maximum is recommended. For the continuous

temperatures specified in the table, an emission level of 0.35 applies, equivalent to an oxidizing aluminium bar. In modern busbar systems -built into

enclosures with a protection category of IP 55 and above -a more favorable emission level can be assumed. The lower emission level facilitates an

additional increase in continuous currents compared with the figures in DIN 43670, irrespective of the specified air and busbar temperature.

Experience has shown an increase in the continuous current of 6-10% compared with the table figures for uncoated aluminium bars, and 60% for

surface-oxidized aluminium bars.

Continuous currents for busbarsMade from E-Al with square cross-section in indoor locations at 35°C air temperature and 65°C busbar temperature, vertical position or horizontal

position of the busbar width.

Width xthickness

mm

Cross2section mm

1)Weight 2)Material

Continuous current in A

AC current up to 60 Hz DC current + 6 HzAC current 1

Coated bar Bare bar Coated bar Bare bar

20 x 5

20 x 10

30 x 5

30 x 10

99.1

199

149

299

0.268

0.538

0.403

0.808

E-AI F10

254

393

356

536

214

331

295

445

254

393

356

538

214

331

296

44731) Calculated with a density of 2.7 kg/dm

2) Reference basis for the continuous current levels (taken from DIN 43670)

Example:For an Al bar 30 x 10 mm (E-Al F10) the DIN 43670 specifies a

constant current of IN65 = 445 A. The correction factor diagram for

square cross-sections indicates a correction factor k2 = 1.32 at an air

temperature of 35°C and a busbar temperature of 85°C. Thanks to

the favorable emission level, the continuous current is increased by

a further 6 -10%. In this example, a mean value of 8% is used.

Compared with the table figure from DIN 43670, the Rittal rated

current specification for a Al bar with 30 x 10 mm is:

IN85 = IN65 · k2 + 8 % = 445 A · 1,32 · 1,08 =630 A

Correction factor diagramto DIN 43670

Ri4Power Form 2-4 131

Page 132: Power distribution solutions

The new generation ofbus-mounting fuse bases

Ri4Power Form 2-4132

Page 133: Power distribution solutions

Easy Connect – pre-configured ready to connect....page 132 to 137• The new Easy Connect bus-mounting

fuse bases are supplied as complete units, so all you have to do is:− Unpack− Snap into position, and− Connect

Secure attachment and contact for both versions • Spring-mounted contact plates and

multi-track threads in the screw cap mountings offer:−−−−

Easy snap-fasteningOptimum contactGood heat dissipationBusbar surface protection

• For 5 mm and 10 mm busbars

• Integral anti-slip guard

• Unlatch button allows simple removal

• Flexible cable routing up to 25 mm² − Between the bus-mounting fuse bases− In the side connection space extender− Below the busbar

• Direct connection via integral connection clamp

• Compatible with the new distribution enclosure system

The alternative – flexible and modular • With this latest generation of individual

components, the bus-mounting fuse bases may be configured to meet your specific requirements.

Ri4Power Form 2-4 133

Page 134: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60 fuse elements

Material:Bus-mounting fuse base − Fibre glass-reinforced, thermo-

plastic Polyester (PBT)− Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0 Contact hazard protection − Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Supply includes:Pre-configured element ready for connection including cover plate, contact hazard protection and exterior connection clamps.

Note:For the use of fuse inserts to EN 60 269-3 (DIN VDE 0636-301).

Bus-mounting fuse bases (3-pole) – Easy Connect version

Design

Fuse inserts Packs of D 02-E 18 (adaptor sleeve)

D II-E 27 (adaptor screw)

D III-E 33 (adaptor screw)

Rated current 63 A 25 A 63 ARated operating voltage 400 V~ 500 V~ 690 V~ Type of connection Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal

Terminal screw (version)1) mm2 1.5 – 16 (re, rm, f)

1.5 – 16 (re, rm, f)

1.5 – 16 (re, rm, f)

Width mm 41 56 71Height mm 251 251 251For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 Model No. SV 5 3418.040 3427.040 3433.040

1) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine and extra-fine wire conductors (f).

Ri4Power Form 2-4134

Page 135: Power distribution solutions

Bus-mounting fuse bases (3-pole)

Design

Fuse inserts D 02-E 18 (adaptor sleeve)

D II-E 27 (adaptor screw)

D III-E 33 (adaptor screw)

Rated current 63 A 25 A 63 ARated operating voltage 400 V~ 500 V~ 690 V~ Type of connection Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal

Terminal screw (version)1) mm2 1.5 – 25 (re, rm, f)

1.5 – 16 (re, rm, f)

1.5 – 25 (re, rm, f)

Width mm 27 42 57Height mm 209 209 209For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 Model No. SV 10 3418.010 3427.010 3433.010

Also required

Contact hazard protection cover 10 3418.020 3427.020 3433.020 64 Accessories

Connection space extender, side 10 3418.030 3427.030 3433.030 64 Side cover 10 3093.010 3093.020 3093.020 64

1) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine and extra-fine wire conductors (f).

RiLine60 fuse elements

Material:Bus-mounting fuse base − Fibre glass-reinforced, thermo-

plastic Polyester (PBT) − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0 Contact hazard protection − Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:For the use of fuse inserts to EN 60 269-3 (DIN VDE 0636-301).

Ri4Power Form 2-4 135

Page 136: Power distribution solutions

Cover plate, contact hazard protection The cover plate ensures contact hazard protec-tion from the front top and below. All-round con-tact hazard protection (up to IP 2X) in conjunction with the side cover (SV 3093.010/.020).

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

For bus-mounting fuse bases Packs of Model No. SV

SV 3418.010 (D 02-E 18) 10 3418.020

SV 3427.010 (D II-E 27) 10 3427.020

SV 3433.010 (D III-E 33) 10 3433.020

RiLine60Accessories for bus-mounting fuse bases

Connection space extender, side All-round contact hazard protection including cable duct for side extension of the connection space by 14 mm.

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

For bus-mounting fuse bases Packs of Model No. SV

SV 3418.010 (D 02-E 18) 10 3418.030

SV 3427.010 (D II-E 27) 10 3427.030

SV 3433.010 (D III-E 33) 10 3433.030

Side coverFor clip-on mounting onto the cover plate, contact hazard protection.

Material:− Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

For bus-mounting fuse bases Packs of Model No. SV

SV 3418.010 (D 02-E 18) 10 3093.010

SV 3427.010 (D II-E 27) SV 3433.010 (D III-E 33) 10 3093.020

Ri4Power Form 2-4136

Page 137: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-4 137

Page 138: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60 busbar systems for DC applications

Ri4Power Form 2-4138

Page 139: Power distribution solutions

One system – two solutions

• Based on the existing single and 3-pole RiLine60 busbar systems and build components, the familiar AC application area has been extended to include DC applications as well. This ensures that the components may be used in both areas.

• The properties of the RiLine60 busbar system in terms of making contact and contact hazard protection are retained.

Benefits:• High rated DC voltage up to 1500 V

• High short circuit protection up to 40 kA

• Including design certificate to IEC 61 439-1

Application areas:• Intermediate circuits for drive technology

• Photovoltaics

• Galvanics

• For use in the IT sector

• Individual applications

Ri4Power Form 2-4 139

page 138 to 145

Page 140: Power distribution solutions

Busbar supports

Design

For busbars mm15 x 5 – 30 x 10 – – –

PLS 800 – – – – PLS 1600 – – –

Rated operating voltage 1500 V DC Packs of 4 4 4 4 4 Model No. SV 9340.050 9341.050 9342.050 9340.0301) 9342.0301)

Accessories

Busbars E-Cu CUPONAL busbars PLS special busbars E-Cu Contact hazard protection

1) The busbar supports may be bayed with 60 mm bar centre distance for the configuration of 2-pole systems.

RiLine60 busbar systems for DC

Material:Busbar support− Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0

Connection adaptor− Chassis:

Polyamide (PA 6.6), fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0.

− Cover: ABS, fire protection corre-sponding to UL 94-V0

NH fuse-switch disconnector− Polyamide (PA 6)− Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0− Contact tracks:

Electrolytic Copper, Silver-plated

Bus-mounting fuse base − Bus-mounting fuse base:

Fibreglass-reinforced, thermo-plastic polyester (PBT), fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

− Contact hazard protection: Polyamide (PA 6.6), fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Colour:Busbar support, busbar connection adaptor, bus-mounting fuse base RAL 7035

NH fuse-switch disconnector− Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7035/7001

Note:Creepage distances and clear-ance to DIN EN 60 664-1 should be checked in the final applica-tion.

Technical information: Available on the Internet.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

Ri4Power Form 2-4140

Page 141: Power distribution solutions

RiLine60 busbar systems for DC

Connection adaptors

Design

Rated current up to 63 A 125 A 250 A 800 A

Rated operating voltage1) L1 + L2 1000 V DC 1000 V DC 1000 V DC 1000 V DCL1 + L3 1500 V DC 1500 V DC 1500 V DC 1500 V DC

Cable outlet Bottom Bottom Bottom BottomConnection of round conductors mm2 – fine-wire with wire end ferrule – multi-wire– solid

2.5 – 10 2.5 – 10 2.5 – 10

10 – 25 16 – 35

35 – 120 35 – 120

95 – 185 95 – 300

– Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm – 10 x 7.8 18.5 x 15.5 33 x 20

Width mm 20 55 90 129Height mm 215 210 210 246Packs of 1 1 1 1Model No. SV 9342.210 9342.240 9342.270 9342.300

1) Depending on the busbar arrangement in the busbar support SV 9340.050/9341.050/9342.050.

Design

Rated current up to 800 A 1600 A 800 A 1600 A

Rated operating voltage1) L1 + L2 1000 V DC 1000 V DC 1000 V DC 1000 V DCL1 + L3 1500 V DC 1500 V DC 1500 V DC 1500 V DC

Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottomConnection of round conductors mm2 – fine-wire with wire end ferrule – multi-wire– solid

95 – 185 95 – 300

– – –

95 – 185 95 – 300

– – –

Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm – For 5 mm bar thickness – For 10 mm bar thickness

33 x 26 33 x 21

65 x 27 65 x 22

33 x 26 33 x 21

65 x 27 65 x 22

Width mm 150 255 50 85Height mm 210 210 88 88Packs of 1 set 1 set 3 3 Model No. SV 9342.310 9342.320 9342.311 9342.321

1) Depending on the busbar arrangement in the busbar support SV 9340.050/9341.050/9342.050.

Ri4Power Form 2-4 141

Page 142: Power distribution solutions

Bus-mounting fuse bases

NH fuse-switch disconnectors

Design

Fuse inserts Packs of

D 02-E 18 (adaptor sleeve)

D II-E 27 (adaptor screw)

D III-E 33 (adaptor screw)

Rated current 63 A 25 A 63 ARated operating voltage 400 V DC 500 V DC 690 V DCType of connection Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal

Terminal screw (version)1) 1.5 – 25 mm2 (re, rm, f)

1.5 – 16 mm2 (re, rm, f)

1.5 – 25 mm2 (re, rm, f)

Width mm 27 41 42 56 57 71 Height mm 209 251 209 251 209 251

Model No. SVStandard version 10 3418.010 – 3427.010 – 3433.010 –

Easy Connect version 5 – 3418.040 – 3427.040 – 3433.040

Accessories

For standard version1) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine and extra-fine wire conductors (f).

Design

Size Size 00 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3Rated operating current 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A

Utilisation category for rated operating voltage

220 V DC1) DC-22B DC-21B (DC-22B2)) DC-21B (DC-22B2)) DC-21B (DC-22B2)) 440 V DC1) – DC-22B2) DC-22B2) DC-22B1000 V DC1) DC-20B DC-20B DC-20B DC-20B

Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom

Type of connection Box terminal Screw M8 Box terminal Screw

M10 Box terminal Screw M10 Box terminal Screw

M10Connection of round conductors mm 2 4 – 95 up to 95 35 – 150 up to 150 95 – 300 up to 240 95 – 300 up to 300Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 13 x 13 20 x 5 20 x 3 – 14 32 x 10 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10

Width mm 106 106 184 184 210 210 250 250Height mm 194 194 298 298 298 298 298 298Packs of 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Model No. SV 9343.000 9343.010 9343.100 9343.110 9343.200 9343.210 9343.300 9343.310

1) DC applications only with component mounting of phase L1 and L3 in series.2) With arc chamber set SV 9344.680 for increased switching capacity.

Short-circuit resistance diagrams Busbar Holder Curve

30 x 10 mmSV 9340.050 a

SV 9340.030 d

15 x 5 mm – 25 x 10 mm SV 9340.050 b

SV 9340.030 c

PLS 800 SV 9341.050 e

PLS 1600SV 9342.050

aSV 9342.030

25

250200

20

300 350 500450400 550

30

35

40

45a

b

d

c

e

Busbar support spacing [mm]

Ip p

eak

shor

t-ci

rcui

t cur

rent

[kA

]

RiLine60 busbar systems for DC

Ri4Power Form 2-4142

Page 143: Power distribution solutions

NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors (3-pole), with electronic fuse monitoring Size Size 00 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Rated current Packs of 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 ARated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bot tom Top/bottom Top/bottom Type of connection Screw M8 Bolt M12 Bolt M12 Bolt M12Connection of round conductors mm2 up to 95 up to 240 up to 240 up to 240

Equipment attachment Mounting hook

– – –

Screw – M8 M12 M12 M12 Width mm 50 50 100 100 100Height mm 400 400 740 740 740For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 100 185 185 185For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10Model No. SV 1 9346.015 9346.065 9346.115 9346.215 9346.315

Accessories

Box terminal 3 – – 9346.450 9346.450 9346.450Busbar terminal 3 – – 9346.440 9346.440 9346.440Support bracket 4 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430Terminal compartment cover (long) 1 9346.460 9346.460 – – –Lug terminal connection part 1 set 3592.020 3592.020 – – –Clamp-type terminal connection 1 set 3592.010 3592.010 – – –Micro-switch 5 9346.400 9346.400 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000Inserted screw nuts M12 30 – – 3591.060 3591.060 3591.060Cable ties 1 – – 9346.480 9346.480 9346.480

Busbar adaptor 185 mm1)

Single adaptor 1 – 9346.410 – – – Two-way adaptor 1 – 9346.420 – – –

Current converter block

1-phase measurement 150/1 A 1 – 9346.540 – – –3-phase measurement 150/1 A 1 – 9346.550 – – –

Current converter

250/1 A 1 – – 9346.600 9346.600 9346.600250/5 A 1 – – 9346.630 9346.630 9346.630400/1 A 1 – – 9346.610 9346.610 9346.610400/5 A 1 – – 9346.640 9346.640 9346.640600/1 A 1 – – 9346.620 9346.620 9346.620600/5 A 1 – – 9346.650 9346.650 9346.650

1) Required for mounting the NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors on busbars with centre-to-centre spacing 185 mm.

RiLine NH fuse elements

Material:− Fibre glass-reinforced Polyamide − Fire protection corresponding

to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks:

Silver-plated hard Copper

Colour:− Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7001 − Handle: RAL 7016

Supply includes:Size 00: With mounting hooks

Size 1 – 3: − 3 screws M12 x 30 for

equipment attachment− 3 inserted screw nuts M12− 3 hex nuts for conductor

connection

Basis of test: − IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − DIN EN 60 269-2

(fuse inserts)

Ri4Power Form 2-4 143

Page 144: Power distribution solutions

RiLineAccessories for RiLine NH fuse elements

Current converter/current converter block for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors Compact design without amending the installa-tion depth via mechanical integration in the disconnector. This facilitates space-saving assembly. User-friendly cable connection via terminal block. The terminal screw of the current converter block is designed as a plug-in solution.

For size 00

Design Current converter block Current converter

For NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors SV 9346.060/.0651) (100 mm centre-to-centre spacing)

SV 9346.050 (185 mm centre-to-centre spacing)

Phases 1 3 1 1 Primary current I1N 150 A 150 A 150 A 150 A Secondary current I2N 1 A 1 A 1 A 5 A Accuracy class 1 1 1 1 Rated frequency 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 HzThermal rated continuous current 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N

Thermal rated short-time withstand current Ith

60 x I1N 60 x I1N 60 x I1N 60 x I1N

Rated peak withstand current Idyn 2.5 x Ith,

max. 120 kA2.5 x Ith,

max. 120 kA2.5 x Ith,

max. 120 kA2.5 x Ith,

max. 120 kAOvercurrent limiting factor (FS) FS 5 FS 5 FS 5 FS 5Insulation voltage 3 kV 3 kV 3 kV 3 kVInsulating material category E E E E

Material Polyamide PA 6 Polyamide PA 6Fibreglass-reinforced

polycarbonate

Fibreglass-reinforced

polycarbonate

Connection Box terminal2.5 mm2

Box terminal2.5 mm2

Screw terminal M5

Screw terminal M5

Rated output 2.5 VA 2.5 VA 2.5 VA 2.5 VA Packs of 1 1 3 3 Model No. SV 9346.540 9346.550 9346.560 9346.570

1) The single and double adaptor for 185 mm bar systems may still be used.

1 2

For size 1 – 3

For NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors SV 9346.100/.115/.200/.215/.300/.315 (185 mm centre-to-centre spacing)

Primary current I1N 250 A 250 A 400 A 400 A 600 A 600 A Secondary current I2N 1 A 5 A 1 A 5 A 1 A 5 A Accuracy class 1 1 1 1 1 1 Rated frequency 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 HzThermal rated continuous current 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N

Thermal rated short-time withstand current Ith

60 x I1N, max. 50 kA

60 x I1N, max. 50 kA

60 x I1N, max. 50 kA

60 x I1N, max. 50 kA

60 x I1N, max. 50 kA

60 x I1N, max. 50 kA

Rated peak withstand current Idyn

2.5 x Ith, max.

120 kA

2.5 x Ith, max.

120 kA

2.5 x Ith, max.

120 kA

2.5 x Ith, max.

120 kA

2.5 x Ith, max.

120 kA

2.5 x Ith, max.

120 kAOvercurrent limiting factor (FS) FS 5 FS 5 FS 5 FS 5 FS 5 FS 5Insulation voltage 3 kV 3 kV 3 kV 3 kV 3 kV 3 kV

E E E E E E

Material Polyamide PA 6

Polyamide PA 6

Polyamide PA 6

Polyamide PA 6

Polyamide PA 6

Polyamide PA 6

Connection (box terminal) 1.5 – 4 mm2 1.5 – 4 mm2 1.5 – 4 mm2 1.5 – 4 mm2 1.5 – 4 mm2 1.5 – 4 mm2 Rated output 5 VA 5 VA 5 VA 5 VA 5 VA 5 VA Packs of 1 1 1 1 1 1 Model No. SV 9346.600 9346.630 9346.610 9346.640 9346.620 9346.650

3

Insulating material categoty

1

1

2

2

3

3

Ri4Power Form 2-4144

Page 145: Power distribution solutions

Accessories

RiLine/Ri4Power

CUPONAL busbars To DIN EN 13 601. Length: 2400 mm/bar.

Copper-coated Aluminium busbars, suitable for the configuration of busbar systems with busbar supports SV 9340.000/SV 9340.050

Handle in the same way as Copper bars material cost savings plus lower price fluctua-tions, thanks to the reduced Copper portion louver weight saving compared with Copper bars

Material:Aluminium core with crimped Copper coating made from E-Cu

Dimensions mm Rated current1) Packs of Model No.

SV

20 x 5 235 A 6 3582.020

20 x 10 363 A 3 3585.020

30 x 5 328 A 6 3584.020

30 x 10 493 A 3 3586.0201) Current carrying capacity at 65 °C bar temperature

and 35 °C ambient temperature, correction factor diagram to DIN 43 671.

CUPONAL busbars mm Busbar support Curve

30 x 5/10 9340.000/.050 20 x 5/10 9340.000/.050

60

55

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

200 250 400350300 450 500

65

70

b

a

Busbar support spacing [mm]

Ip p

eak

shor

t-ci

rcui

t cur

rent

[kA

]

Short-circuit resistance diagrams

a

b

Twin cords for OM adaptors with tension spring clamp 2.5 – 16 mm2 Pre-assembled connection cables for individual connection of up to two switchgear units per adaptor.

Cable length (L): L1 = 140 mm, L2 = 250 mm.

Material:− PVC insulation− Temperature resistant to 105 °C− Wire ends with ultrasonic wire-end compression

at both ends

Design Packs of Model No. SV

AWG 8 = 8.37 mm2 10 mm2 6 9340.830

AWG = American Wire Gauges

Ri4Power Form 2-4 145

Page 146: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power ISV – the new distribution enclosures

Ri4Power Form 2-4146

Page 147: Power distribution solutions

The benefits speak for themselves:• By using the TS 8 or AE enclosure

system, the new ISV series builds on a system that has already been proven a million times over. − Simple assembly− Fast, ergonomic installation− Large selection of enclosure types − With Stainless Steel enclosure types

available as standard, also ideally suited for tough and aggressive ambient conditions.

• Design certificate to IEC 61 439

• Manufacturer-independent device selection− ABB− Eaton− Schneider Electric− Siemens

• With the planning software Rittal Power Engineering, the ISV system is quickly and easily configured. The planning, ordering and assembly times are signifi-cantly reduced. This actively saves time and money

Yet more options:• Installation modules for 3 width units.

• The new bus- be combined in one installation module with the switchable D-Switch units and the NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 000.

mounting fuse bases may

• Extended selection of Rittal ISV installa-tion modules.

Ri4Power Form 2-4 147147

Page 148: Power distribution solutions

TS 8 enclosures for distribution enclosures Width mm Packs of 600 850 1100Height mm 2000 2000 2000Depth mm 400 600 400 600 400 600Model No.1) 1 8604.5002) 9660.605 9666.955 9666.915 9666.965 9666.925

Door(s) 1 1 1 1 2 2Approximate weight (kg) 99 86.5 111 117 146 156Base/plinth

Components, front and rearHeight 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.600 8601.850 8601.850 8601.300 8601.300Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.600 8602.850 8602.850 8602.100 8602.100

Trim panels, sidesHeight 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.060 8601.040 8601.060 8601.040 8601.060Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.060 8602.040 8602.060 8602.040 8602.060

Flex-BlockLevelling component for base/plinthAlso required

Mounting kit TS 8 1 9666.900 9666.900 9666.910 9666.910 9666.920 9666.920Mounting angle 1800 mm 2 9666.712 9666.712 9666.712 9666.712 9666.712 9666.712Depth stay for enclosure depth 400/500/600 mm 2 – – – – 9666.730 9666.730Accessories

Cable clamp rails 2 4191.000 4191.000 – – – –Roof plates for cable entry glands3) IP 55 1 9665.943 9665.903 9665.953 9665.913 9665.963 9665.923Cable entry plates4) 2 8800.060 8800.060 – – – –Side panels 2 8104.235 8106.235 8104.235 8106.235 8104.235 8106.235Cable entry glands Alternative lock systems

1) Version in stainless steel2) Enclosure including mounting plate. 3) In exchange for the standard TS roof. 4) Cable entry grommets.

Ri4Power ISV distribution enclosures

Material:Sheet steel

Surface finish:− Enclosure frame:

Dipcoat-primed − Door(s), roof, rear panel:

Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint

− Gland plates: Zinc-plated

Colour:Enclosure frame, roof, rear panel, door(s): RAL 7035

Supply includes:− Enclosure frame with door(s),

3 mm double-bit lock insert− Three-piece gland plates − Rear panel − Roof plate − 4 eyebolts

Testing: Design certificate to IEC 61 439-1/-2

Ri4Power Form 2-4148

Page 149: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-4 149

Compact enclosures AE

Suitable for wall mounting (sur-face mounting). Prepared for the direct installation of ISV assem-bly modules.

Material:− Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel, all-round

foamed-in PU seal

Surface finish:− Enclosure and door:

Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint

− Support plate: Zinc-plated − Contact hazard protection

frame: Textured paint

Colour:RAL 7035

Protection category:See table.

Supply includes:− Stainless steel without gland

plate − R/h door hinge, may be

swapped to opposite side (except with SV 9665.855)

− Support plate to accommo-date the ISV modules

Note:Please note the mounting depths of the various enclosure designs when selecting mod-ules.

Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet.

ISV wall-mounted distributor Width mm Packs of 380 500 600 600 600 1000Height mm 600 700 760 1000 1200 1200Depth mm 210 250 210 250 300 300Width unit (WU)1) 1 1 2 2 2 3Height unit (U)2) 3 4 4 6 7 7Max. pitch units 36 48 96 144 168 252Cam lock 2 2 2 2 – –3-point lock system – – – –

Model No. SV 1 9665.805 9665.815 9665.825 9665.835 9665.845 9665.855

Technical specifications correspond to Model No. AE 1038.500 1057.500 1076.500 1090.500 1260.500 1213.500

Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 2Protection category3)

IP 66 IP 66 IP 66 IP 66 IP 66 IP 55 Also required

Gland plates

Plastic 2561.010 2562.010 2563.010 2563.010 2563.010 2562.010 Plastic membrane 2561.500 2562.500 2563.500 2563.500 2563.500 2562.500 Metal 2561.100 2562.100 2563.100 2563.100 2563.100 2562.100 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 2

Accessories

Self-tapping screws 300 – – – – 2487.000 2487.000

Base/plinthHeight 100 mm 1 – – – – 2816.200 2801.200Height 200 mm 1 – – – – 2826.200 2802.200

Eyebolts 4 – – – – 2509.000 2509.000

Rain canopies Sheet steel 1 2501.500 – 2502.500 – – – Stainless steel 1 2472.000 – 2473.000 – – 2363.000

Alternative lock systems see page 599 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm 3) Max. protection category with closed door depends on the cable gland plate and cable entry used.

Page 150: Power distribution solutions

Mounting kit for TS 8For mounting installation modules in TS 8 enclo-suresAlso suitable for use in stainless steel enclo-sures

Supply includes:− Mounting aid support − Contact hazard protection − Support for contact hazard protection − Basic supports for frame holders − Assembly parts

For enclosure type TS 8 Packs ofDesign: Sheet steel, spray-finished Model No. 8604.500 9660.605 9666.955 9666.915 9666.965 9666.925

Design: Stainless steel 1.4301, Model No. TS – 8452.600 – – – –

Enclosure width (mm) 600 850 1100Enclosure height (mm) 2000 2000 2000Enclosure depth (mm) 400 600 400 600 400 600Width unit (WU)1) 2 3 4Height unit (U)2) 12 12 12Model No. SV 1 9666.900 9666.910 9666.920

Also required

Mounting angle 1800 mm, 12 U2) 2 9666.712 9666.712 9666.712Depth stay for enclosure depth 400/500/600 mm 2 – – 9666.730

Accessories

Cross rail 500 mm, 2 WU1) 2 9666.722 9666.722 9666.722Cross rail 750 mm, 3 WU1) 2 – 9666.723 9666.723Cross rail 1000 mm, 4 WU1) 2 – – 9666.724Mounting angle 300 mm, 2 U2) 2 9666.702 9666.702 9666.702Mounting angle 450 mm, 3 U2) 2 9666.703 9666.703 9666.703Mounting angle 600 mm, 4 U2) 2 9666.704 9666.704 9666.704Mounting angle 1800 mm, 12 U2) 2 9666.712 9666.712 9666.712Depth stay for enclosure depth 400/500/600 mm 2 9666.730 9666.730 9666.730

Equipment support connectors 4 9666.740 9666.740 9666.7401) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm

Mounting kit for AEFor mounting installation modules in TS 8 enclo-suresAlso suitable for use in stainless steel enclo-sures

Supply includes:− Support plates − Spacer brackets − Contact hazard protection − Angle bracket for contact hazard protection − Horizontal mounting angle − Assembly parts

For enclosure type AE Packs of

Design: Sheet steel, spray-finished Model No. AE 1038.500 1057.500 1076.500 1090.500 1260.500 1213.500

Design: Stainless steel 1.4301, Model No. AE 1008.600 – 1012.600 – – 1019.600

Design: Stainless steel 1.4404, Model No. AE – – – – – 1019.500

Enclosure width (mm) 380 500 600 600 600 1000Enclosure height (mm) 600 700 760 1000 1200 1200Enclosure depth (mm) 210 250 210 250 300 300Width unit (WU)1) 1 1 2 2 2 3Height unit (U)2) 3 4 4 6 7 7Model No. SV 1 9666.800 9666.810 9666.820 9666.830 9666.840 9666.850

Accessories

Mounting angle 450 mm, 3 U2) 2 9666.753 – – – – – Mounting angle 600 mm, 4 U2) 2 – 9666.754 9666.754 – – – Mounting angle 900 mm, 6 U2) 2 – – – 9666.756 – – Mounting angle 1050 mm, 7 U2) 2 – – – – 9666.757 9666.757

1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm

Mounting kits

ISV distribution enclosures

Ri4Power Form 2-4150

Page 151: Power distribution solutions

Contact hazard protection modulesFor covering free installation areasCover is prepared for a lead seal

Mounting plate modulesWith mounting plate made from 2 mm Zinc-plated Sheet Steel Cover is prepared for a Lead seal Possible installation depth 105 – 140 mm

Colour:RAL 7035

1

2

SizePacks

of

Contact hazard protection Mounting plates

Width unit (WU)1)

Height unit (U)2)

Interior installation

Model No. SV

Dimensions mounting plate

Model No. SV

1 250 mm 1 150 mm 1

Empty module

9666.000 188 x 116 mm 9666.080

1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9666.010 188 x 266 mm 9666.090

1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9666.020 188 x 416 mm 9666.100

1 250 mm 4 600 mm 1 9666.030 188 x 566 mm 9666.110

2 500 mm 1 150 mm 1 9666.040 438 x 116 mm 9666.120

2 500 mm 2 300 mm 1 9666.050 438 x 266 mm 9666.130

2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9666.060 438 x 416 mm 9666.140

2 500 mm 4 600 mm 1 9666.070 438 x 566 mm 9666.150

3 750 mm 2 300 mm 1 9666.053 688 x 266 mm 9666.133

3 750 mm 3 450 mm 1 9666.063 688 x 416 mm 9666.143

3 750 mm 4 600 mm 1 9666.073 – – 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm

1 2

Support rail modulesFor installing terminal blocks, switchgear, etc.Support rails 35/15 mm Adjustable on a 25 mm pitch patternCover is prepared for a Lead seal

DIN rail mounted device modulesTo accommodate DIN rail mounted devices Support rails 35/15 mm Cover is prepared for a Lead seal Cover may be sealed with cover strips SV 9666.650

Colour:RAL 7035

1

2

SizePacks

of

Support rails DIN rail mounted devices

Width unit (WU)1)

Height unit (U)2)

Number of support rails

Model No. SV

Mechanical interior installation3)

Model No. SV

1 250 mm 1 150 mm 1 1 9666.160 12 pitch units (1 x 12 x 18 mm) 9666.240

1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 2 9666.170 24 pitch units (2 x 12 x 18 mm) 9666.250

1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 3 9666.180 36 pitch units (3 x 12 x 18 mm) 9666.260

1 250 mm 4 600 mm 1 4 9666.190 48 pitch units (4 x 12 x 18 mm) 9666.270

2 500 mm 1 150 mm 1 1 9666.200 24 pitch units (2 x 12 x 18 mm) 9666.280

2 500 mm 2 300 mm 1 2 9666.210 48 pitch units (4 x 12 x 18 mm) 9666.290

2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 3 9666.220 72 pitch units (6 x 12 x 18 mm) 9666.300

2 500 mm 4 600 mm 1 4 9666.230 – –

3 750 mm 2 300 mm 1 2 9666.213 72 pitch units (6 x 12 x 18 mm) 9666.293

3 750 mm 3 450 mm 1 3 9666.223 108 pitch units (9 x 12 x 18 mm) 9666.303

1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 WU 150 mm 3) No. of panels x pitch units x width

1 2

ISV distribution enclosuresInstallation modules

1

2

1

2

Ri4Power Form 2-4 151

Page 152: Power distribution solutions

Connection modulesFor connecting Copper and a Aluminium conductors Single-wire or multi-wire conductors with crimped wire end ferrule or laminated Copper bar Cover is prepared for a Lead seal

Colour:RAL 7035

Description For round conductors For laminated flat Copper

Packs of

Model No. SV

Connection terminal block, 5-pole, 250 A 1 x 16 – 150 mm2 or 2 x 16 – 70 mm2

Clamping area W x H 17 x 21 mm 1 9666.340

Connection terminal block, 5-pole, 400 A 1 x 50 – 240 mm2 or 2 x 25 – 120 mm2

Clamping area W x H 25 x 21 mm 1 9666.350

Also required

Description Size Packs

ofModel No.

SV Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) Mounting kit for connection terminal block 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9666.310

Contact hazard protection 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9666.020

Accessories

Laminated copper bars1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm

1

2

NH fuse-switch disconnector modulesSuitable for accommodating RiLine NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly Cover is prepared for a Lead seal

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:For sealing unneeded cut-outs for NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 00, blanking cover SV 9666.665 should be used.

To fit Size

To fit Packs of

Model No. SV Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2)

2 NH size 00 1 250 mm 2 300 mm SV 9344.000/.010/.020/.030/.040/.050

1 9666.380

4 NH size 00 2 500 mm 2 300 mm 1 9666.390

1 NH size 1 1 250 mm 3 450 mm SV 9344.100/.110/.130/.150 1 9666.400

1 NH size 2 1 250 mm 3 450 mm SV 9344.200/.210/.230/.250 1 9666.410

1 NH size 3 or 2 NH size 2 2 500 mm 3 450 mm SV 9344.300/.310/

.330/.3501 9666.0603)

1 9666.4203)

1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm 3) Module unit comprising disconnector cross-member SV 9666.420 and contact hazard protection cover SV 9666.060.

Circuit-breaker modulesSuitable for accommodating standard circuit-breakers from ABB, Eaton, Schneider Electric and SiemensCover is prepared for a Lead seal

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:− Attachment of the circuit-breakers and

the corresponding cut-out dimensions for the cover are shown in the enclosed assembly instructions

− Circuit-breakers are not included with the supply

To fit Size Packs

ofModel No.

SV Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) Circuit-breakers up to 250 A 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9666.430

Circuit-breakers up to 630 A 2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9666.4401) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm

1

Installation modules

ISV distribution enclosures

Ri4Power Form 2-4152

2

Page 153: Power distribution solutions

Installation modules

Busbar modules N/PEFor attaching the busbars for N and PE Cover is prepared for a Lead seal

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:− Copper or CUPONAL busbars should be

ordered separately− Not for use in mounting kit AE

ForSize Packs

ofModel No.

SV Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2)

Busbars 12 x 5 to 30 x 10 mm1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9666.590

2 500 mm 2 300 mm 1 9666.600

3 750 mm 2 300 mm 1 9666.6031) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm

Busbar modules3-pole, 60 mm bar centre distanceFor assembling bus-mating fuse components E18, E27, E33 and D-Switch as well as NH disconnectors sizes 000 and 00

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:− The busbars must be cut to length prior to

installation, depending on the configuration and connection versions being used, as per the assembly instructions

− For sealing unwanted cut-outs, blanking cover SV 9666.660 should be used

DescriptionSize

To fit Packs of

Model No. SV Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2)

Busbar module 60 mm

1 250 mm 2 300 mmSV 9343.0003) SV 9343.0203) SV 9343.0403) SV 3418.010

SV 3427.010 SV 3433.010 SV 9340.950 SV 3431.020 SV 3431.030

1 9666.520

2 500 mm 2 300 mm

1 9666.530

3 750 mm 2 300 mm 1 9666.533

1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm 3) A depth extension frame SV 9666.680 should additionally be used to ensure unrestricted connection.

NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 cannot be used in conjunction with other equipment.

ISV distribution enclosures

Ri4Power Form 2-4 153

Page 154: Power distribution solutions

Installation modules

NH slimline fuse-switch disconnector modules (100/185 mm) For NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, sizes 00 to 3.

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:− Busbars are not included with the supply − In order to ensure problem-free cable connec-

tion, a contact hazard protection module an N/PE busbar module must be installed above or below the NH slimline fuse-switch disconnector modules

For NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors Description

Size Packs of

Model No. SV Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2)

SV 9346.020 SV 9346.030SV 9346.065

100 mm module, 3-pole, max. 3 x NH size 00

1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9666.570

100 mm module, 3-pole, max. 6 x NH size 00

2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9666.580

100 mm module, 3-pole, max. 10 x NH size 00

3 750 mm 3 450 mm 1 9666.583

SV 9346.040 SV 9346.050 SV 9346.110/.115 SV 9346.210/.215 SV 9346.310/.315

185 mm module, 3-pole, max. 8 x NH size 00/4 x NH size 1, 2, 3

2 500 mm 5 750 mm 1 9666.550

185 mm module, 3-pole, max. 12 x NH size 00/6 x NH size 1, 2, 3

3 750 mm 5 750 mm 1 9666.560

1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm

Meter mounting board module Open module for internal measurements Clearance depth available for meter installation 170 mm

Colour:RAL 7035

Note:− The meter mounting board module does not

comply with meter mounting board standard DIN 43 870/VDE 0603 and does not meet the conditions for total insulation. Use in unme-tered areas only by arrangement with the local electricity supply company

− 1 contact hazard protection module or support rail module with 1 WU and at least 1 U is required both above and below the module.

DescriptionSize Packs

ofModel No.

SV Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) Meter mounting board module 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9666.640

1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm

ISV distribution enclosures

Ri4Power Form 2-4154

Page 155: Power distribution solutions

Accessories

Cover stripsFor blanking spare component cut-outs in DIN rail mounted device modules, max. 12 pitch units (12 x 18 mm), divisible every 9 mm.

Packs of Model No. SV

5 9666.650

Blanking coverFor sealing unused cut-outsTo fit bus-mounting fuse base, D-Switch and NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnector size 000 in busbar modules (SV 9666.520/.530/.533) Width: 16 – 34 mm variable

Packs of Model No. SV

10 9666.660

Blanking cover for disconnectors, size 00For sealing unused cut-outs with NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 in NH fuse-switch disconnector modules (SV 9666.380/.390) Width: 117 mm

Packs of Model No. SV

1 9666.665

Wiring bracketsFor tool-free external mounting on support rails TS 35/15 for cable routing on the rear of support rail modules.

Packs of Model No. SV

10 9666.670

Depth extension frame For extending the depth of the cover plate, con-tact hazard protection. Allows unrestricted con-nection of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch discon-nectors, size 00.

Note:NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 with covers and depth extension frame cannot be used in conjunction with other equip-ment.

SizePacks

ofModel No.

SV Width unit (WU)1)

Height unit(U)2)

1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9666.6801) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm

ISV distribution enclosures

Ri4Power Form 2-4 155

Page 156: Power distribution solutions

Accessories

Cross-rails for TS 8 For horizontal sub-division of the support frame in the TS 8 enclosure.

Width unit (WU)1) Packs of Model No. SV

2 500 mm 2 9666.722

3 750 mm 2 9666.723

4 1000 mm 2 9666.7241) 1 WU 250 mm

Mounting angles for TS 8 For vertical sub-division of the support frame in the TS 8 enclosure.

Height unit (U)1) Packs of Model No. SV

2 300 mm 2 9666.702

3 450 mm 2 9666.703

4 600 mm 2 9666.704

12 1800 mm 2 9666.7121) 1 U 150 mm

Mounting angles for AE For vertical sub-division of the support frame in the AE enclosure.

Height unit (U)1) Packs of Model No. SV

3 450 mm 2 9666.753

4 600 mm 2 9666.754

6 900 mm 2 9666.756

7 1050 mm 2 9666.7571) 1 U 150 mm

Depth-stay For enclosure depth 400/500/600 mmFor attaching the mounting aid in the TS 8 enclosure

Packs of Model No. SV

2 9666.730

Equipment support connectors For connecting 2 mounting angles for TS 8Increases the stability of the frame structure

Packs of Model No. SV

4 9666.740

ISV distribution enclosures

Ri4Power Form 2-4156

Page 157: Power distribution solutions

ISV accessories

Cover stripsFor blanking spare component cut-outs in DIN rail mounted device modules, max. 12 divider units (12 x 18 mm), divisible every 9 mm.

Packs of Model No. SV

1 9665.650

Blanking coverFor blanking unnecessary cut-outs for bus-mount-ing fuse bases, 108 mm wide.

Packs of Model No. SV

1 9665.660

Wiring bracketsfor installing

● C rails 30/15 mm● TS punched section with mounting flange● TS frame section

Packs of Model No. SV

10 9665.670

SpacersFor configuring support rails with attachment screws, 53 mm high.

Packs of Model No. SV

2 9665.680

Terminal blockFor installation into 250 mm wide contact hazard protection and support rail modules 2-pole for N and PE, each with 20 x 4 mm2, 5 x 25 mm2.

Packs of Model No. SV

1 9665.690

Ri4Power Form 2-4 157

Page 158: Power distribution solutions

Allocation of switchgear – OM adaptors with connection cables

For make/model ABB Eaton

MCB Starter Reversing starter

Soft starter MCB Starter Reversing

starter Soft

starter

MS

116

/132

MS

325

MS

450

/451

MS

495

/496

/497

MS

116

+ A

F09,

AF1

2, A

F16

MS

132

+ A

F09,

AF1

2, A

F16,

AF2

6, A

F30,

AF3

8

MS

450

+ A

40, A

50

MS

116

+ A

F09,

AF1

2, A

F16

MS

132

+ A

F09,

AF1

2, A

F16,

AF2

6, A

F30,

AF3

8

MS

450

+ A

40, A

50

MS

116

+ P

SR3,

PSR

6, P

SR9,

PSR

12, P

SR16

, PS

R25

MS

325

+ P

SR25

MS

450

+ P

SR30

PK

ZM0

PKZM

01

PKZM

4

PKE1

2

PKE3

2

PKE6

5

MS

C-D

+ M

7 - M

15

MS

C-D

+ M

17 -

M32

PK

ZM4

+ D

ILM

17-

65

MS

C -

DE

... M

7 - M

12

MS

C -

DE

... M

17 -

M32

PK

E 65

+ D

ILM

65

MS

C -

DE

... M

7 - M

12

MS

C -

DE

... M

17 -

M32

PK

E 65

+ D

ILM

65

PK

E 12

, PK

E 32

+ D

S7-3

40

PKZ0

+ D

S7-3

40

Construction width Construction width

45 54 55 70 45 45 70 90 90 140

45 45 55 45 45 55 45 45 55 45 45 55 45 45 55 90 90 110

45 45

Model No. SV Design Required quantity (units) Required quantity (units)

9340.340 OM adaptor 25 A, AWG 12, W = 45 mm 1 1 1 1

9340.350 OM adaptor 32 A, AWG 10, W = 45 mm 1 1

9340.370 OM adaptor 25 A, AWG 12, W = 45 mm 1 1 1

9340.380 OM adaptor 32 A, AWG 10, W = 45 mm 1 1

9340.390 OM adaptor 32 A, AWG 10, W = 45 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9340.430 OM adaptor 65 A, AWG 6, W = 55 mm 1 1 1 1

9340.450 OM adaptor 65 A, AWG 6, W = 55 mm 1 1 1 1 1

9340.460 OM adaptor 32 A, AWG 10, W = 55 mm 1

9340.260 OM support, 45 x 208 mm 1 1 1

9340.250 OM support, 45 x 272 mm 1

9340.270 OM support, 55 x 272 mm 1

9342.860 Support rail TS45D, 35 x 10 mm 1 1

9342.870 Support rail TS45D-V, 35 x 10 mm 1 1

9340.290 Insert strip, 10 x 208 mm 2 2 3

9340.280 Connection pin 3 3 3 3 3

RiLine60 component adaptor

Ri4Power Form 2-4158

Page 159: Power distribution solutions

Allocation of switchgear – OM adaptors with connection cables

For make/model Siemens Schneider Electric

MCB Starter Reversing starter MCB Starter Reversing starter Soft

start-er

3RV1

0 11

... (S

00)

3RV1

0 21

... (S

0)

3RV1

0 31

... (S

2)

3RV2

0 11

... (S

00)

Scre

w te

rmin

al

3RV2

0 21

... (S

0) S

crew

term

inal

up

to 4

0 A

3RA

11 1

0...

(S00

)

3RA

11 2

0...

(S0)

3RA

11 3

0...

(S2)

3RA

21 1

0...

(S00

) Scr

ew te

rmin

al

3RA

21 2

0...

(S00

/S0)

Scr

ew te

rmin

al

3RA

21 2

0...

(S0)

Scr

ew te

rmin

al

3RA

12 1

0...

(S00

+ S

00)

3RA

11 2

0...

(S0

+ S

0)

3RV1

0 31

.. +

3R

T103

... (S

2 +

S2)

3RA

22 1

0...

(S00

) Scr

ew te

rmin

al

3RA

22 2

0...

(S0)

Scr

ew te

rmin

al

GV

2 - M

E (s

crew

and

tens

ion

sprin

g te

rmin

al)

GV

2 - P

GV

2 - R

T, L

E10,

L10

GV

3 B

IS 6

5A

GV

2 P

+ L

C1D

GV

2 M

E +

LC

1D

GV

2 - D

M10

2 +

LC

1D/L

C1K

GV2

- D

P +

LC

1D/L

C1K

GV

3 +

LC

1D65

LUB

12

LUB

32

GV

2 P

+ L

C2D

(A

C)

GV

2 M

E +

LC

2D/L

C2K

(AC

)

GV

2 D

M +

LC

2D/L

C2K

GV2

DP

+ L

C2D

/LC

2K

GV2

DP

+ L

C2D

/LC

2K

GV

2 M

E +

ATS

Construction width Construction width

45 45 55 45 45 45 45 55 45 45 45 90 100

120

90 90 45 55 45 55 45 45 45 45 55 45 45 90 90 90 90 90 45

Model No. SV Design Required quantity (units) Required quantity (units)

9340.340 OM adaptor 25 A, AWG 12, W = 45 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1

9340.350 OM adaptor 32 A, AWG 10, W = 45 mm 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1

9340.370 OM adaptor 25 A, AWG 12, W = 45 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1

9340.390 OM adaptor 25 A, AWG 12, W = 45 mm 1

9340.430 OM adaptor 65 A, AWG 6, W = 55 mm 1 1 1

9340.450 OM adaptor 65 A, AWG 6, W = 55 mm 1 1 1

9340.720 OM support, 45 x 272 mm 1

9340.260 OM support, 45 x 208 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9340.270 OM support, 55 x 272 mm 1 1

9340.290 Insert strip, 10 x 208 mm 1 1

9340.280 Connection pin 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9342.800 PinBlock, W = 45 mm 1 1 11 2 2 2 2 2

9342.820 PinBlock PLUS 1 1 11

RiLine60 component adaptor

Ri4Power Form 2-4 159

Page 160: Power distribution solutions

Allocation of switchgear – OM adaptors with tension spring terminal

For make/model ABB Eaton

MCB Starter Reversing starter

Soft starter MCB Starter Reversing

starter Soft

starter

MS

116

/132

MS

325

MS

450

/451

MS

495

/496

/497

MS

116

+ A

F09,

AF1

2, A

F16

MS

132

+ A

F09,

AF1

2, A

F16,

AF2

6, A

F30,

AF3

8

MS

450

+ A

40, A

50

MS

116

+ A

F09,

AF1

2, A

F16

MS

132

+ A

F09,

AF1

2, A

F16,

AF2

6, A

F30,

AF3

8

MS

450

+ A

40, A

50

MS

116

+ P

SR3,

PSR

6, P

SR9,

PSR

12, P

SR16

, PS

R25

MS

325

+ P

SR25

MS

450

+ P

SR30

PK

ZM0

PKZM

01

PKZM

4

PKE1

2

PKE3

2

PKE6

5

MS

C-D

+ M

7 - M

15

MS

C-D

+ M

17 -

M32

PK

ZM4

+ D

ILM

17-

65

MS

C -

DE

... M

7 - M

12

MS

C -

DE

... M

17 -

M32

PK

E 65

+ D

ILM

65

MS

C -

DE

... M

7 - M

12

MS

C -

DE

... M

17 -

M32

PK

E 65

+ D

ILM

65

PK

E 12

+ D

S7-3

40

PK

E 32

+ D

S7-3

40

PKZ0

+ D

S7-3

40

Construction width Construction width

45 54 55 70 45 45 70 90 90 140

45 45 55 45 45 55 45 45 55 45 45 55 45 45 55 90 90 110

45 45 45

Model No. SV Design Required quantity (units) Required quantity (units)

9340.530 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1

9340.550 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm 1 1 1 1 1

9340.560 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9340.660 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 55 mm 1

9340.630 OM adaptor 65 A, 2.5 – 16 mm2, W = 55 mm 1 1 1 1

9340.650 OM adaptor 65 A, 2.5 – 16 mm2, W = 55 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1

9340.250 OM support, 45 x 272 mm 1

9340.260 OM support, 45 x 208 mm 1 1 1

9340.270 OM support, 55 x 272 mm 1 1

9340.290 Insert strip, 10 x 208 mm 2 2 3

9340.280 Connection pin 3 3 3 3 3 3

9340.860 Cable set AWG 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9340.870 Cable set AWG 10 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9340.890 Cable set AWG 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9342.860 Support rail TS45D, 35 x 10 mm 1

9342.930 Support rail TS55D, 35 x 10 mm 1

RiLine60 component adaptor

Ri4Power Form 2-4160

Page 161: Power distribution solutions

Allocation of switchgear – OM adaptors with tension spring terminal

For make/model Siemens Schneider Electric

MCB Starter Reversing starter MCB Starter Reversing

starter

Soft start-

er

3RV1

0 11

... (S

00)

3RV1

0 21

... (S

0)

3RV1

0 31

... (S

2)

3RV2

0 11

... (S

00)

Scre

w te

rmin

al

3RV2

0 21

... (S

0) S

crew

term

inal

up

to 4

0A

3RA

11 1

0...

(S00

)

3RA

11 2

0...

(S0)

3RA

11 3

0...

(S2)

3RA

21 1

0...

(S00

) Scr

ew te

rmin

al

3RA

21 2

0...

(S00

/S0)

Scr

ew te

rmin

al

3RA

21 2

0...

(S0)

Scr

ew te

rmin

al

3RA

12 1

0...

(S00

+ S

00)

3RA

11 2

0...

(S0

+ S

0)

3RV1

0 31

.. +

3R

T103

... (S

2 +

S2)

3RA

22 1

0...

(S00

) Scr

ew te

rmin

al

3RA

22 2

0...

(S0)

Scr

ew te

rmin

al

GV

2 - M

E (s

crew

and

tens

ion

sprin

g te

rmin

al)

GV2

- P

GV

2 - R

T, L

E10,

L10

GV

3 B

IS 6

5A

GV

2 P

+ L

C1D

GV

2 M

E +

LC

1D

GV

2 - D

M10

2 +

LC

1D/L

C1K

GV2

- D

P +

LC

1D/L

C1K

GV

3 +

LC

1D65

LUB

12

LUB

32

GV

2 P

+ L

C2D

(A

C)

GV

2 M

E +

LC

2D/L

C2K

(AC

)

GV

2 D

M +

LC

2D/L

C2K

GV2

DP

+ L

C2D

/LC

2K

GV

2 M

E +

ATS

Construction width Construction width

45 45 55 45 45 45 45 55 45 45 45 90 100

120

90 90 45 55 45 55 45 45 45 45 55 45 45 90 90 90 90 45

Model No. SV Design Required quantity (units) Required quantity (units)

9340.530 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9340.550 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1

9340.560 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm 1

9340.630 OM adaptor 65 A, 2.5 – 16 mm2, W = 55 mm 1 1 1

9340.650 OM adaptor 65 A, 2.5 – 16 mm2, W = 55 mm 1 1 1

9340.260 OM support, 45 x 208 mm 1 1 1 1 1

9340.270 OM support, 55 x 272 mm 1

9340.290 Insert strip, 10 x 208 mm 1

9340.280 Connection pin 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9340.860 Cable set AWG 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9340.870 Cable set AWG 10 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9340.880 Cable set AWG 8 3

9340.890 Cable set AWG 6 3 3 3 3 3 3

9342.820 PinBlock PLUS 1 1 1 1 1 1

RiLine60 component adaptor

Ri4Power Form 2-4 161

Page 162: Power distribution solutions

Ri4Power Form 2-4162

Page 163: Power distribution solutions

Therm 6.1 softwareThe Therm 6.1 software package takes care of the complex calculation of climate control require-ments. A user-friendly interface guides the opera-tor to the most suitable, correctly dimensioned climate control component. All evaluations are closely based on the require-ments of IEC/TR 60 890 AMD 1/02.95 and DIN 3168 for enclosure cooling units.

Rittal Therm 6.1 is a calculation program for enclosure climate control.

• Improved user guidance via tabs and simple selection menus

• Express and expert versions• Configurator for recooling systems • Heat loss calculator for busbars • Key calculation data is visible at all times• Internet updates • Fast and thorough determination of the required

climate control measures• Determining the correct climate control meas-

ures leads to cost savings• Easy calculation of the required actual cooling

output, as well as any upgrades or enhance-ments to the switchgear

• Detailed documentation is supplied with the calculation

Supply includes:CD-ROM, with 19 languages

Packs of Model No. SK

1 3121.000

Note:

Your free 30-day trial version may be down-loaded at www.rittal.com

Rittal Power EngineeringPlanning software for RiLine60 busbar sys-tems and Ri4Power low-voltage switchgear with design certificateThe multi-lingual software package includes the following functions: • Project handling, from the initial enquiry through

to ordering • Configuration of RiLine60 busbar systems in the

Top enclosure system TS 8. Compact enclo-sures AE, CM, KS and free-standing enclosure ES 5000

• Configuration of low-voltage switchgear with Ri4Power systems Form 1-4 and ISV Complete, automatic function for the genera-tion of bills of materials and a calculation program for quote preparation

• Input and evaluation of assembly times to calculate man hours

• Access to the entire range of Rittal products • Output of automatically generated plant docu-

mentation with rated current and heat loss calculation

●• Generation of special fields configured by the customer with graphical processing in the CAD view

●• Import/export interfaces for product and CAD data

●• Export function for order lists and bills of mate-rials in Excel format

● Interface to EPLAN Electric P8, for the export of CAD data and bills of materials

●• The extra benefit for engineering and planning offices: output of detailed tender texts based on plants that have been project-planned in Power Engineering in MS Word format.

●• Output of project-specific assembly plans together with field and plant definitions

●• Integral configurator for the generation of drawings and bills of materials to create con-nector kits for connecting open air circuit-breakers (ACB).

Supply includes:CD-ROMLanguages: German/English/French/Dutch/Danish/Swedish/Czech/Italian/Spanish/Polish/Russian

Packs of Model No. SV

1 3020.500

Project management

Ri4Power Form 2-4 163

Page 164: Power distribution solutions

In addition to the rated currents for Copper busbars to DIN 43 671, the following table lists additional values for rated currents of Flat-PLS busbar systems with bare Copper bars for AC currents up to 60 Hz.

These values were determined on Flat-PLS busbars fitted in enclosures with various pro-tection categories, as well as with and with-out forced ventilation. Depending on the busbar system and protection category, two figures are given, representing the rated current at an overtemperature of 30 K and 70 K. In contrast to the rated currents to DIN 43 671, the temperature outside the enclosure is measured as the ambient tem-perature here.

The benefit of this approach is that the enclosure housing, which may exert a major influence on the busbar system, is taken into account in the ratings data for the busbar system. Designing a busbar system to DIN 43 671 without consideration of the enclosure housing may lead to thermal prob-lems in the enclosure interior, particularly with higher currents.

Although IEC 61 439-1 permits higher over-temperature limits than 70 K, the absolute busbar temperature at an ambient tempera-ture of 35°C and 70 K overtemperature limit is 105°C. This figure of 105°C is high, but significantly below the thermal softening of Copper material, and therefore acceptable.

Example:If a rated current is used at an overtempera-ture of 30 K, this means that the temperature of the busbars is 30 K above the ambient temperature of the enclosure. Expressed in absolute figures, therefore, at an ambient temperature of 35°C around the enclosure housing, this produces a maximum absolute busbar temperature of 65°C.

Rated AC currents of Flat-PLS busbar system up to 60 Hz for bare Copper bars (E-Cu F30) in A

Design of Flat-PLS

busbar system

Protection category of enclosureRi4Power

DIN 43 671IP 2X

with forced ventilation1) IP 2X IP 43 IP 54 with forced ventilation2) IP 54

ΔT = 30 K ΔT = 30 K ΔT = 70 K ΔT = 30 K ΔT = 70 K ΔT = 30 K ΔT = 70 K ΔT = 30 K ΔT = 70 K ΔT = 30 K ΔT = 70 K 2 x 40 x 10 mm 1290 1780 2640 1180 1900 1080 1720 1680 2440 1040 16403 x 40 x 10 mm 1770 2240 3320 1420 2320 1280 2040 1980 2960 1200 19204 x 40 x 10 mm 2280 2300 3340 1460 2380 1320 2100 2080 3020 1260 20002 x 50 x 10 mm 1510 2200 3260 1340 2140 1200 1920 1980 2920 1140 18003 x 50 x 10 mm 2040 2660 3900 1580 2540 1400 2240 2320 3440 1320 21004 x 50 x 10 mm 2600 2700 4040 1640 2660 1440 2340 2360 3500 1380 22202 x 60 x 10 mm 1720 2220 3340 1440 2300 1280 2060 2020 2940 1200 19203 x 60 x 10 mm 2300 2700 4120 1720 2780 1540 2440 2400 3520 1440 22604 x 60 x 10 mm 2900 2740 4220 1740 2840 1580 2540 2420 3580 1460 23602 x 80 x 10 mm 2110 2760 4160 1740 2840 1600 2560 2540 3720 1480 23603 x 80 x 10 mm 2790 3300 5060 2000 3260 1840 2960 3060 4520 1680 27004 x 80 x 10 mm 3450 3680 5300 2060 3440 1900 3060 3220 4880 1780 28202 x 100 x 10 mm 2480 3240 4840 1920 3200 1800 2880 2900 4340 1660 26603 x 100 x 10 mm 3260 3580 5400 2200 3720 1980 3240 3320 4880 1920 2980 4 x 100 x 10 mm 3980 3820 5500 2320 3820 2000 3400 3380 4900 1960 3120

1) For IN < = 2000 A using fan-and-filter unit SK 3243.100, for IN > 2000 A using fan-and-filter unit SK 3244.100.

2) For IN < = 2000 A using fan-and-filter unit SK 3243.100 and outlet filter SK 3243.200, for IN > 2000 A using fan-and-filter unit SK 3244.100 and outlet filter SK 3243.200.

Fact

or k

2

Am

bien

t tem

pera

ture

[°C

]

Busbar temperature [°C]

Correction factor diagram For calculating rated currents at tempera-tures between the overtemperature limits of Flat-PLS busbar systems, the correc-tion factor diagram may be used. If data is available regarding the maximum ambi-ent temperature and the maximum bar temperature, a correction factor k2 may be calculated using the correction factor diagram. With a correction factor k2 and a specified rated current at 30 K overtem-perature limit, the new rated current is cal-culated.

Example:Flat-PLS 100 busbar system with 4 x 100 x 10 mm

IN30 at IP 2X = 2320 A ambient temperature = 35°C Bar temperature = 85°C

From the diagram, this produces a factor k2 = 1.29

The new rated current under these conditions is then calculated as follows:

I N = IN30 · k 2= 2320 A · 1.29 = 2992 A

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2 0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Rated currents of bus bars E-Cu (DIN 43 671)

Technical information

Ri4Power Form 2-4164

Page 165: Power distribution solutions

DIN 43 671 specifies the constant currents for busbars at an ambient temperature of 35°C and an average busbar temperature of 65°C. With the aid of a correction factor (k2), the continuous currents specified in the fol-lowing table may be adjusted to alternative operating temperatures.

For safe operation with thermal reserve, it is advisable to limit the busbar temperature to a maximum of 85°C. However, the decisive factor is the lowest permissible continuous temperature of the components which directly contact the busbar system (fuse bases, outgoing cables etc.). The ambient air temperature of the busbars or busbar system should not exceed 40°C; an aver-age of 35°C maximum is recommended.

For the continuous temperatures specified in the table, an emission level of 0.4 applies, equivalent to an oxidating Copper bar. In modern busbar systems – built into enclo-sures with a protection category of IP 54 and above – a more favourable emission level can be assumed. The lower emission level facilitates an additional increase in continu-ous currents compared with the figures in DIN 43 671, irrespective of the specified air and busbar temperature. Experience has shown an increase in the continuous current of 6 – 10% compared with the table figures for uncoated Copper bars, and 60% for sur-face-oxidised Copper bars.

Example: For a Cu bar 30 x 10 mm (E-Cu F30), DIN 43 671 specifies a constant current of IN65 = 573 A. The correction factor diagram for square cross-sections indicates a correction factor k2 = 1.29 at an air temperature of 35°C and a busbar temperature of 85°C. Thanks to the favourable emission level, the continuous current is increased by a further 6 – 10%. In this example, a mean value of 8% is used. Compared with the table figure from DIN 43 671, the Rittal rated current specifi-cation for a Cu bar 30 x 10 mm is:

IN85 = IN65 · k2 + 8% = 573 A · 1.29 · 1.08

IN85 = 800 A

Continuous currents for busbars Made from E-Cu with square cross-section in indoor locations at 35°C air temperature and 65°C bar temperature, vertical position or horizontal position of the bar width.

Rittal PLS current load According to DIN 43 671, the correction factor k2 (correction diagram) is used to correct the basic current with reference to the existing temperatures of the ambient air and the busbar.In accordance with DIN 43 671, the load figures of the Rittal PLS special bars have been determined on the basis of measurement trials, as follows:

Widthx

thicknessmm

Cross-section

mm2 Weight1) Material2)

Continuous current in A

AC current up to 60 Hz

DC current + AC current

16 HzBare bar

Coated bar

Bare bar

Coated bar

12 x 2 23.5 0.209

E-CuF30

108 123 108 12315 x 2 29.5 0.262 128 148 128 14815 x 3 44.5 0.396 162 187 162 18720 x 2 39.5 0.351 162 189 162 18920 x 3 59.5 0.529 204 237 204 23720 x 5 99.1 0.882 274 319 274 32020 x 10 199.0 1.770 427 497 428 49925 x 3 74.5 0.663 245 287 245 28725 x 5 124.0 1.110 327 384 327 38430 x 3 89.5 0.796 285 337 286 33730 x 5 149.0 1.330 379 447 380 44830 x 10 299.0 2.660 573 676 579 68340 x 3 119.0 1.060 366 435 367 43640 x 5 199.0 1.770 482 573 484 57640 x 10 399.0 3.550 715 850 728 86550 x 5 249.0 2.220 583 697 588 70350 x 10 499.0 4.440 852 1020 875 105060 x 5 299.0 2.660 688 826 696 83660 x 10 599.0 5.330 985 1180 1020 123080 x 5 399.0 3.550 885 1070 902 109080 x 10 799.0 7.110 1240 1500 1310 1590

100 x 10 999.0 8.890 1490 1810 1600 19401) Calculated with a density of 8.9 kg/dm3 2) Reference basis for the continuous current levels (figures taken from DIN 43 671)

PLS special busbars

Rated currentAC 50/60 Hz

for 35/75°C

for 35/65°C (basic value)

PLS 800 800 A 684 A PLS 1600 1600 A 1368 A

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2 0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Fact

or k

2

Am

bien

t tem

pera

ture

[°C

]

Busbar temperature [°C]

Correction factor diagramto DIN 43 671

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

0.4

1.4

1.6

2.0

1.8

50 60 70 80 90 100 110

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Fact

or k

2

Am

bien

t tem

pera

ture

[°C

]

Busbar temperature [°C]

Correction factor diagram for PLS

Rated currents of bus bars E-Cu (DIN 43 671)

Technical information

Ri4Power Form 2-4 165

Page 166: Power distribution solutions

The heat loss of busbars can be calculated using the following equation, provided the AC current resistance is known:

Pv [W] heat loss

IB [A] operating current

r [mΩ /m] AC or DC current resistance of the busbar

I [m] length of busbar which IB flows through

In order to calculate the heat loss in accord-ance with the above formula, in individual cases it can be assumed that the rated current of a circuit and/or the “operating currents” of the busbar sections and the corresponding length of the conductor sys-tem in the installation or distributor are known. By contrast, the resistance of con-ductor systems – particularly the AC current resistance of busbar arrangements – cannot simply be taken from a document or deter-mined yourself.

For this reason, and in order to obtain com-parable results when determining heat losses, the table shows the resistance val-ues in mΩ /m for the most common cross-sections of Copper busbars. IBP = v

2 · r · l 1000

AC current resistance of busbars of E-Cu 57

Dimensions1)

Resistance per 1 m of busbar system in mΩ /m2)

I1 main conductor

III3 main conductors

II II II3 x 2 main conductors

III III III3 x 3 main conductors

mm rGS1) (65°C) rWS2) (65°C) rGS1) (65°C) rWS2) (65°C) rGS1) (65°C) rWS2) (65°C) rGS1) (65°C) rWS2) (65°C) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

12 x 2 0.871 0.871 2.613 2.61315 x 2 0.697 0.697 2.091 2.09115 x 3 0.464 0.464 1.392 1.39220 x 2 0.523 0.523 1.569 1.56920 x 3 0.348 0.348 1.044 1.04420 x 5 0.209 0.209 0.627 0.627

20 x 10 0.105 0.106 0.315 0.318 0.158 0.16025 x 3 0.279 0.279 0.837 0.837 0.419 0.41925 x 5 0.167 0.167 0.501 0.501 0.251 0.25430 x 3 0.348 0.348 1.044 1.044 0.522 0.52730 x 5 0.139 0.140 0.417 0.421 0.209 0.211

30 x 10 0.070 0.071 0.210 0.214 0.105 0.10940 x 3 0.174 0.174 0.522 0.522 0.261 0.26640 x 5 0.105 0.106 0.315 0.318 0.158 0.163

40 x 10 0.052 0.054 0.156 0.162 0.078 0.084 0.052 0.06150 x 5 0.084 0.086 0.252 0.257 0.126 0.132 0.084 0.09260 x 5 0.070 0.071 0.210 0.214 0.105 0.112 0.070 0.079

60 x 10 0.035 0.037 0.105 0.112 0.053 0.062 0.035 0.04780 x 5 0.052 0.054 0.156 0.162 0.078 0.087 0.052 0.062

80 x 10 0.026 0.029 0.078 0.087 0.039 0.049 0.026 0.039100 x 5 0.042 0.045 0.126 0.134 0.063 0.072 0.042 0.053100 x 10 0.021 0.024 0.063 0.072 0.032 0.042 0.021 0.033120 x 10 0.017 0.020 0.051 0.060 0.026 0.036 0.017 0.028

1) rGS DC current resistance of the busbar system in mΩ /m 2) rWS AC current resistance of the busbar system in mΩ /m

For busbar temperatures other than 65°C, the resistance may be calculated as follows:

Positive temperature deviation r(x) = r(65°C) · (1 + α · Δϑ )

Negative temperature deviation r(x) = r(65°C) · (1 + α · Δϑ )

r(x) [mΩ /m] resistance at any given temperature

α Temperature coefficient (for Cu = 0.004 )

Δϑ [K] Temperature difference in relation to the resistance value at 65°C

ρ Specific resistance

1K

1K

mΩ · mm2

m

The resistance values shown in the table are based on an assumed average busbar temperature of 65°C (ambient temperature + self-heating) and therefore on a specific resistance of

Example: rGS for 1 main conductor 12 x 2 mm

ρ (65°C) = 20.9 mΩ · mm2 m

rGS = =

20.9 mΩ · mm2 · 1 m

= 0.871 mΩ m 24 mm2

ρ (65°C) · l A

Technical informationCalculation of heat loss in busbars

Ri4Power Form 2-4166

Page 167: Power distribution solutions

Technical informationShort-circuit protection diagrams to IEC

Laminated Copper bars Catalogue 33, page 314

Configuration1) mm

In for

70 K2)

In for

50 K2)

In for

30 K2)

Curve (short-circuit resistance)

Installation type Model No. SV

8 x 6 x 0.5 195 A 165 A 125 A – – 3565.0156 x 9 x 0.8 285 A 240 A 180 A – – 3565.005

4 x 15.5 x 0.8 330 A 275 A 210 A – – 3567.0056 x 15.5 x 0.8 415 A 350 A 265 A 1 3568.005

10 x 15.5 x 0.8 575 A 480 A 365 A 1 3569.0055 x 20 x 1 525 A 435 A 330 A 1 3570.0055 x 24 x 1 605 A 510 A 385 A 1 3571.00510 x 24 x 1 920 A 770 A 585 A 1 3572.0055 x 32 x 1 770 A 645 A 485 A 2/3 3573.00510 x 32 x 1 1155 A 965 A 730 A 2/3 3574.0055 x 40 x 1 930 A 780 A 590 A 2/3 3575.00510 x 40 x 1 1370 A 1145 A 865 A 2/3 3576.0055 x 50 x 1 1125 A 940 A 710 A 2/3 3577.00510 x 50 x 1 1635 A 1365 A 1030 A 2/3 3578.00510 x 63 x 1 1950 A 1610 A 1230 A 2/3 3579.005

1) Number of lamina x lamina width x lamina thickness2) The conductor temperature of the laminated copper bar is derived by adding the ambient temperature and the

temperature increase together. Example: SV 3565.005 carrying 180 A, i.e. the temperature increases by 30 K. At an ambient temperature of 35°C, this produces a resultant conductor temperature of 35°C + 30 K = 65°C.

a

a

a

a

b

b

c

b

c

b

c

d

Basis of test:VDE 0660, part 500/IEC 60 439-1.Test implemented:Dynamic short-circuit resistance to IEC 60 439-1.

The dimensions for the support spacing (l) and for the centre-to-centre spacing (a) must be within the specified min./max. limits. The quotients of l/a can be used to determine the permissible short-circuit current Ip by using curves a to d. The prescribed installation type must be taken into account.

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.52 3 4 5 6 7 8 91.5

x

a

d

c

b

Ip s

hort

-circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]

Support spacing (l)Centre-to-centre spacing [a]

x =

Type of assembly with universal support SV 3079.000

l

a

1

l

a

2

a

l

3

CurveSupport spacing (l)

mmCentre-to-centre spacing (a)

mmmin. max. min. max.150 300 34 60150 350 42 85200 400 51 85200 450 81 100

a

w

c

d

Short-circuit resistance diagrams

Ri4Power Form 2-4 167

Page 168: Power distribution solutions

Enclosures Power Distribution

Climate Control

IT Infrastructure

Software & Services

RITTAL India Pvt Ltd.No. 23 & 24 • KIADB Industrial Area • Veerapura Doddaballapur - 561 203 • Bengaluru DistrictTel: +91(0)80 3372 0700 • Fax: +91(0)80 3372 0866 Email: [email protected] • Website: www.rittal-india.com


Recommended